US20220370419A1 - Drug delivery from hydrogels - Google Patents
Drug delivery from hydrogels Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220370419A1 US20220370419A1 US17/830,968 US202217830968A US2022370419A1 US 20220370419 A1 US20220370419 A1 US 20220370419A1 US 202217830968 A US202217830968 A US 202217830968A US 2022370419 A1 US2022370419 A1 US 2022370419A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- hydrogel
- agent
- precursor
- eye
- precursors
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 461
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 title abstract description 18
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 240
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 137
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 78
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 42
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims description 208
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 94
- 229960003005 axitinib Drugs 0.000 claims description 46
- RITAVMQDGBJQJZ-FMIVXFBMSA-N axitinib Chemical compound CNC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1SC1=CC=C(C(\C=C\C=2N=CC=CC=2)=NN2)C2=C1 RITAVMQDGBJQJZ-FMIVXFBMSA-N 0.000 claims description 45
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 27
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 18
- 206010064930 age-related macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 17
- 208000030533 eye disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 17
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000002136 L01XE07 - Lapatinib Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- BCFGMOOMADDAQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lapatinib Chemical compound O1C(CNCCS(=O)(=O)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N=CN=C2NC=3C=C(Cl)C(OCC=4C=C(F)C=CC=4)=CC=3)C2=C1 BCFGMOOMADDAQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 229940121358 tyrosine kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000005483 tyrosine kinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 206010058202 Cystoid macular oedema Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 206010012688 Diabetic retinal oedema Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 208000001344 Macular Edema Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 201000010206 cystoid macular edema Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 201000011190 diabetic macular edema Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 229960004891 lapatinib Drugs 0.000 claims description 11
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 claims description 11
- XGALLCVXEZPNRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N gefitinib Chemical compound C=12C=C(OCCCN3CCOCC3)C(OC)=CC2=NC=NC=1NC1=CC=C(F)C(Cl)=C1 XGALLCVXEZPNRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- SRSGVKWWVXWSJT-ATVHPVEESA-N 5-[(z)-(5-fluoro-2-oxo-1h-indol-3-ylidene)methyl]-2,4-dimethyl-n-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)-1h-pyrrole-3-carboxamide Chemical compound CC=1NC(\C=C/2C3=CC(F)=CC=C3NC\2=O)=C(C)C=1C(=O)NCCN1CCCC1 SRSGVKWWVXWSJT-ATVHPVEESA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003819 Toceranib Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010012689 Diabetic retinopathy Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000010412 Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000003527 anti-angiogenesis Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 229950000578 vatalanib Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- YCOYDOIWSSHVCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N vatalanib Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=NC=C1 YCOYDOIWSSHVCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960002411 imatinib Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- MLDQJTXFUGDVEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N BAY-43-9006 Chemical compound C1=NC(C(=O)NC)=CC(OC=2C=CC(NC(=O)NC=3C=C(C(Cl)=CC=3)C(F)(F)F)=CC=2)=C1 MLDQJTXFUGDVEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000002691 Choroiditis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000005517 L01XE01 - Imatinib Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000005411 L01XE02 - Gefitinib Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000002147 L01XE04 - Sunitinib Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000005511 L01XE05 - Sorafenib Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000005536 L01XE08 - Nilotinib Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003798 L01XE11 - Pazopanib Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000003971 Posterior uveitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- AAKJLRGGTJKAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N erlotinib Chemical compound C=12C=C(OCCOC)C(OCCOC)=CC2=NC=NC=1NC1=CC=CC(C#C)=C1 AAKJLRGGTJKAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- KTUFNOKKBVMGRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imatinib Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1CC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC=2C=C(NC=3N=C(C=CN=3)C=3C=NC=CC=3)C(C)=CC=2)C=C1 KTUFNOKKBVMGRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003120 macrolide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 229940041033 macrolides Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960001346 nilotinib Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- HHZIURLSWUIHRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N nilotinib Chemical compound C1=NC(C)=CN1C1=CC(NC(=O)C=2C=C(NC=3N=C(C=CN=3)C=3C=NC=CC=3)C(C)=CC=2)=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 HHZIURLSWUIHRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960000639 pazopanib Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- CUIHSIWYWATEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pazopanib Chemical compound C1=CC2=C(C)N(C)N=C2C=C1N(C)C(N=1)=CC=NC=1NC1=CC=C(C)C(S(N)(=O)=O)=C1 CUIHSIWYWATEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960003787 sorafenib Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960001796 sunitinib Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- WINHZLLDWRZWRT-ATVHPVEESA-N sunitinib Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCNC(=O)C1=C(C)NC(\C=C/2C3=CC(F)=CC=C3NC\2=O)=C1C WINHZLLDWRZWRT-ATVHPVEESA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- SPMVMDHWKHCIDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-chloro-4-[(6,7-dimethoxy-4-quinolinyl)oxy]phenyl]-3-(5-methyl-3-isoxazolyl)urea Chemical compound C=12C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC2=NC=CC=1OC(C=C1Cl)=CC=C1NC(=O)NC=1C=C(C)ON=1 SPMVMDHWKHCIDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- XXJWYDDUDKYVKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-fluoro-2-methyl-1H-indol-5-yl)oxy]-6-methoxy-7-[3-(1-pyrrolidinyl)propoxy]quinazoline Chemical compound COC1=CC2=C(OC=3C(=C4C=C(C)NC4=CC=3)F)N=CN=C2C=C1OCCCN1CCCC1 XXJWYDDUDKYVKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- HKVAMNSJSFKALM-GKUWKFKPSA-N Everolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](OCCO)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 HKVAMNSJSFKALM-GKUWKFKPSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960005167 everolimus Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- YLMAHDNUQAMNNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N imatinib methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.C1CN(C)CCN1CC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC=2C=C(NC=3N=C(C=CN=3)C=3C=NC=CC=3)C(C)=CC=2)C=C1 YLMAHDNUQAMNNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960003784 lenvatinib Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- WOSKHXYHFSIKNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N lenvatinib Chemical compound C=12C=C(C(N)=O)C(OC)=CC2=NC=CC=1OC(C=C1Cl)=CC=C1NC(=O)NC1CC1 WOSKHXYHFSIKNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- FNHKPVJBJVTLMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N regorafenib Chemical compound C1=NC(C(=O)NC)=CC(OC=2C=C(F)C(NC(=O)NC=3C=C(C(Cl)=CC=3)C(F)(F)F)=CC=2)=C1 FNHKPVJBJVTLMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000004644 retinal vein occlusion Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960005048 toceranib Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- MDPMAXSABUPRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-3-(1-cyanocyclopropyl)-n-[5-[[2-(cyclopropanecarbonylamino)-[1,3]thiazolo[5,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]oxy]-2-fluorophenyl]benzamide Chemical compound C1=C(NC(=O)C=2C(=C(C=CC=2)C2(CC2)C#N)Cl)C(F)=CC=C1OC(N=C1S2)=CC=C1N=C2NC(=O)C1CC1 MDPMAXSABUPRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010002329 Aneurysm Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 101000851018 Homo sapiens Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 101000851007 Homo sapiens Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 101000851030 Homo sapiens Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 3 Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002145 L01XE14 - Bosutinib Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002138 L01XE21 - Regorafenib Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 102100033178 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 102100033177 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 102100033179 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 3 Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960003736 bosutinib Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- UBPYILGKFZZVDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bosutinib Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(OC)=CC(NC=2C3=CC(OC)=C(OCCCN4CCN(C)CC4)C=C3N=CC=2C#N)=C1Cl UBPYILGKFZZVDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960002412 cediranib Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000000642 iatrogenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940084651 iressa Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 229950003968 motesanib Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- RAHBGWKEPAQNFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N motesanib Chemical compound C=1C=C2C(C)(C)CNC2=CC=1NC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1NCC1=CC=NC=C1 RAHBGWKEPAQNFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229950008835 neratinib Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960004378 nintedanib Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- XZXHXSATPCNXJR-ZIADKAODSA-N nintedanib Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC(C(=O)OC)=CC=C2\C1=C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)\NC(C=C1)=CC=C1N(C)C(=O)CN1CCN(C)CC1 XZXHXSATPCNXJR-ZIADKAODSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940090244 palladia Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000003239 periodontal effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960004836 regorafenib Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960000940 tivozanib Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940094060 tykerb Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940006138 antiglaucoma drug and miotics prostaglandin analogues Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- ZNHPZUKZSNBOSQ-BQYQJAHWSA-N neratinib Chemical compound C=12C=C(NC\C=C\CN(C)C)C(OCC)=CC2=NC=C(C#N)C=1NC(C=C1Cl)=CC=C1OCC1=CC=CC=N1 ZNHPZUKZSNBOSQ-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000002345 steroid group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 abstract description 99
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 abstract description 19
- 238000013266 extended drug release Methods 0.000 abstract description 2
- 210000001508 eye Anatomy 0.000 description 117
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 69
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 69
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 67
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 63
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 62
- -1 succinimidyl azelate Chemical compound 0.000 description 61
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 49
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 45
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 42
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 35
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 35
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 31
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 29
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 28
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 28
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 27
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 27
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 27
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 26
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 25
- 210000000695 crystalline len Anatomy 0.000 description 24
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 24
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 24
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 19
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 18
- IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl carbonate Chemical compound COC(=O)OC IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 210000004087 cornea Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 16
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 15
- PVVTWNMXEHROIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-hydroxypropyl)-1h-quinazolin-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(CCCO)=NC(=O)C2=C1 PVVTWNMXEHROIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 14
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 14
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 13
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 13
- 210000003786 sclera Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 208000002205 allergic conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 210000000795 conjunctiva Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 12
- 210000003161 choroid Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 210000002159 anterior chamber Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 10
- 210000004240 ciliary body Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000012039 electrophile Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- DMKSVUSAATWOCU-HROMYWEYSA-N loteprednol etabonate Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(=O)OCCl)(OC(=O)OCC)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O DMKSVUSAATWOCU-HROMYWEYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 10
- AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 235000010339 sodium tetraborate Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 9
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 9
- CDMADVZSLOHIFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N disodium;3,7-dioxido-2,4,6,8,9-pentaoxa-1,3,5,7-tetraborabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane;decahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.[Na+].[Na+].O1B([O-])OB2OB([O-])OB1O2 CDMADVZSLOHIFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- YWIVKILSMZOHHF-QJZPQSOGSA-N sodium;(2s,3s,4s,5r,6r)-6-[(2s,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-acetamido-2-[(2s,3s,4r,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2- Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 YWIVKILSMZOHHF-QJZPQSOGSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 206010010744 Conjunctivitis allergic Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 208000024998 atopic conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229960003744 loteprednol etabonate Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 7
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 206010030348 Open-Angle Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 7
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 7
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229960000676 flunisolide Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 7
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000000554 iris Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000001328 optic nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 7
- MEYZYGMYMLNUHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tunicamycin Natural products CC(C)CCCCCCCCCC=CC(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C(CC(O)C2OC(C(O)C2O)N3C=CC(=O)NC3=O)OC1OC4OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C4NC(=O)C MEYZYGMYMLNUHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 210000004127 vitreous body Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- WLCZTRVUXYALDD-IBGZPJMESA-N 7-[[(2s)-2,6-bis(2-methoxyethoxycarbonylamino)hexanoyl]amino]heptoxy-methylphosphinic acid Chemical compound COCCOC(=O)NCCCC[C@H](NC(=O)OCCOC)C(=O)NCCCCCCCOP(C)(O)=O WLCZTRVUXYALDD-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 description 6
- VOVIALXJUBGFJZ-KWVAZRHASA-N Budesonide Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(CCC)O[C@@]3(C(=O)CO)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O VOVIALXJUBGFJZ-KWVAZRHASA-N 0.000 description 6
- WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Haematoxylin Chemical compound C12=CC(O)=C(O)C=C2CC2(O)C1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1OC2 WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010030043 Ocular hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229960004436 budesonide Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229920001002 functional polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 6
- MIXMJCQRHVAJIO-TZHJZOAOSA-N qk4dys664x Chemical compound O.C1([C@@H](F)C2)=CC(=O)C=C[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2C[C@H]3OC(C)(C)O[C@@]3(C(=O)CO)[C@@]2(C)C[C@@H]1O.C1([C@@H](F)C2)=CC(=O)C=C[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2C[C@H]3OC(C)(C)O[C@@]3(C(=O)CO)[C@@]2(C)C[C@@H]1O MIXMJCQRHVAJIO-TZHJZOAOSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 6
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 6
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229960002117 triamcinolone acetonide Drugs 0.000 description 6
- YNDXUCZADRHECN-JNQJZLCISA-N triamcinolone acetonide Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(C)(C)O[C@@]3(C(=O)CO)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O YNDXUCZADRHECN-JNQJZLCISA-N 0.000 description 6
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920002385 Sodium hyaluronate Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940067597 azelate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 229960005354 betamethasone sodium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- PLCQGRYPOISRTQ-LWCNAHDDSA-L betamethasone sodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)COP([O-])([O-])=O)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O PLCQGRYPOISRTQ-LWCNAHDDSA-L 0.000 description 5
- MYSWGUAQZAJSOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ciprofloxacin Chemical compound C12=CC(N3CCNCC3)=C(F)C=C2C(=O)C(C(=O)O)=CN1C1CC1 MYSWGUAQZAJSOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000019800 disodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000012738 dissolution medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- GGXICVAJURFBLW-CEYXHVGTSA-N latanoprost Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C[C@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 GGXICVAJURFBLW-CEYXHVGTSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920005615 natural polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- QEFAQIPZVLVERP-UHFFFAOYSA-N nepafenac Chemical compound NC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1N QEFAQIPZVLVERP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229960003876 ranibizumab Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000012713 reactive precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940010747 sodium hyaluronate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- GVJXGCIPWAVXJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dioxo-1-oxoniopyrrolidine-3-sulfonate Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CC(S(O)(=O)=O)C1=O GVJXGCIPWAVXJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000005590 Choroidal Neovascularization Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010060823 Choroidal neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 description 4
- WBSCNDJQPKSPII-KKUMJFAQSA-N Lys-Lys-Lys Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O WBSCNDJQPKSPII-KKUMJFAQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012644 addition polymerization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 206010069664 atopic keratoconjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229960000397 bevacizumab Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004406 elevated intraocular pressure Effects 0.000 description 4
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000013265 extended release Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960001160 latanoprost Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960001002 nepafenac Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012704 polymeric precursor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940117392 provisc Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000018464 vernal keratoconjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- NWAGXLBTAPTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NWAGXLBTAPTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- MBUVEWMHONZEQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Azeptin Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCCC1N1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C(CC=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)=N1 MBUVEWMHONZEQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000004569 Blindness Diseases 0.000 description 3
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe2+ Chemical compound [Fe+2] CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010073385 Fibrin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000009123 Fibrin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical compound CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010025421 Macule Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- LRJOMUJRLNCICJ-JZYPGELDSA-N Prednisolone acetate Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(=O)COC(=O)C)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O LRJOMUJRLNCICJ-JZYPGELDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 3
- QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-LFZNUXCKSA-N Tacrolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1\C=C(/C)[C@@H]1[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)[C@H](CC=C)/C=C(C)/C[C@H](C)C[C@H](OC)[C@H]([C@H](C[C@H]2C)OC)O[C@@]2(O)C(=O)C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2C(=O)O1 QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-LFZNUXCKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUGOEEXESWIERI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terfenadine Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(O)CCCN1CCC(C(O)(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 GUGOEEXESWIERI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010081667 aflibercept Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229960002833 aflibercept Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000001387 anti-histamine Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960003405 ciprofloxacin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000004438 eyesight Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229950003499 fibrin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000004410 intraocular pressure Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- JWNPDZNEKVCWMY-VQHVLOKHSA-N neratinib Chemical compound C=12C=C(NC(=O)\C=C\CN(C)C)C(OCC)=CC2=NC=C(C#N)C=1NC(C=C1Cl)=CC=C1OCC1=CC=CC=N1 JWNPDZNEKVCWMY-VQHVLOKHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000011587 new zealand white rabbit Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960003407 pegaptanib Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229920001606 poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001610 polycaprolactone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229960005205 prednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N prednisolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960002800 prednisolone acetate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002207 retinal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960001967 tacrolimus Drugs 0.000 description 3
- QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-SHYZHZOCSA-N tacrolimus Natural products CO[C@H]1C[C@H](CC[C@@H]1O)C=C(C)[C@H]2OC(=O)[C@H]3CCCCN3C(=O)C(=O)[C@@]4(O)O[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@H]4C)OC)[C@@H](C[C@H](C)CC(=C[C@@H](CC=C)C(=O)C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C)C)OC QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-SHYZHZOCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009974 thixotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- UHTHHESEBZOYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N vandetanib Chemical compound COC1=CC(C(/N=CN2)=N/C=3C(=CC(Br)=CC=3)F)=C2C=C1OCC1CCN(C)CC1 UHTHHESEBZOYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- TWBNMYSKRDRHAT-RCWTXCDDSA-N (S)-timolol hemihydrate Chemical compound O.CC(C)(C)NC[C@H](O)COC1=NSN=C1N1CCOCC1.CC(C)(C)NC[C@H](O)COC1=NSN=C1N1CCOCC1 TWBNMYSKRDRHAT-RCWTXCDDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PYSICVOJSJMFKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dibromo-2-chloropyridine Chemical compound ClC1=NC=C(Br)C=C1Br PYSICVOJSJMFKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JWUFSYXQWPXFIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-6-oxohexanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O JWUFSYXQWPXFIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000002177 Cataract Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZBNZXTGUTAYRHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dasatinib Chemical compound C=1C(N2CCN(CCO)CC2)=NC(C)=NC=1NC(S1)=NC=C1C(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1Cl ZBNZXTGUTAYRHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010080379 Fibrin Tissue Adhesive Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UUOUOERPONYGOS-CLCRDYEYSA-N Fluocinolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@@]3(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@]([C@H](O)C4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3C[C@H](F)C2=C1 UUOUOERPONYGOS-CLCRDYEYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000005551 L01XE03 - Erlotinib Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002067 L01XE06 - Dasatinib Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002118 L01XE12 - Vandetanib Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000005741 Metalloproteases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010006035 Metalloproteases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010038512 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000010780 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000003251 Pruritus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010038848 Retinal detachment Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100023085 Serine/threonine-protein kinase mTOR Human genes 0.000 description 2
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108010065917 TOR Serine-Threonine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- TZIZWYVVGLXXFV-FLRHRWPCSA-N Triamcinolone hexacetonide Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(C)(C)O[C@@]3(C(=O)COC(=O)CC(C)(C)C)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O TZIZWYVVGLXXFV-FLRHRWPCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010046851 Uveitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FPVRUILUEYSIMD-RPRRAYFGSA-N [(8s,9r,10s,11s,13s,14s,16r,17r)-9-fluoro-11-hydroxy-17-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-10,13,16-trimethyl-3-oxo-6,7,8,11,12,14,15,16-octahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl] acetate Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(OC(C)=O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O FPVRUILUEYSIMD-RPRRAYFGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L adipate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCC([O-])=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000013566 allergen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940121357 antivirals Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960004574 azelastine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QFFGVLORLPOAEC-SNVBAGLBSA-N besifloxacin Chemical compound C1[C@H](N)CCCCN1C1=C(F)C=C2C(=O)C(C(O)=O)=CN(C3CC3)C2=C1Cl QFFGVLORLPOAEC-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004024 besifloxacin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CHDPSNLJFOQTRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N betaxolol hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(OCC(O)C[NH2+]C(C)C)=CC=C1CCOCC1CC1 CHDPSNLJFOQTRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AQOKCDNYWBIDND-FTOWTWDKSA-N bimatoprost Chemical compound CCNC(=O)CCC\C=C/C[C@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1\C=C\[C@@H](O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 AQOKCDNYWBIDND-FTOWTWDKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 2
- HCRKCZRJWPKOAR-JTQLQIEISA-N brinzolamide Chemical compound CCN[C@H]1CN(CCCOC)S(=O)(=O)C2=C1C=C(S(N)(=O)=O)S2 HCRKCZRJWPKOAR-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000722 brinzolamide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920006037 cross link polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002448 dasatinib Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960003657 dexamethasone acetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PLCQGRYPOISRTQ-FCJDYXGNSA-L dexamethasone sodium phosphate Chemical group [Na+].[Na+].C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)COP([O-])([O-])=O)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O PLCQGRYPOISRTQ-FCJDYXGNSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229940061607 dibasic sodium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960001259 diclofenac Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diclofenac Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1NC1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1Cl DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004141 dimensional analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- VKFAUCPBMAGVRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipivefrin hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH2+]CC(O)C1=CC=C(OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C(OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)=C1 VKFAUCPBMAGVRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000871 endothelium corneal Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960001433 erlotinib Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000000744 eyelid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960005341 fenoprofen calcium Drugs 0.000 description 2
- VHUXSAWXWSTUOD-UHFFFAOYSA-L fenoprofen calcium (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C(=O)C(C)C1=CC=CC(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1.[O-]C(=O)C(C)C1=CC=CC(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 VHUXSAWXWSTUOD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910001448 ferrous ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000834 fixative Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009969 flowable effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940043075 fluocinolone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002390 flurbiprofen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N formamide Substances NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002584 gefitinib Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC(O)=O JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001680 ibuprofen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indomethacin Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2N1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007803 itching Effects 0.000 description 2
- KXCLCNHUUKTANI-RBIYJLQWSA-N keratan Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@H](O[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O)O)[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@H]2O)COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O KXCLCNHUUKTANI-RBIYJLQWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004958 ketotifen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940101459 loteprednol etabonate ophthalmic suspension Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940092110 macugen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M methylene blue Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229960000907 methylthioninium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 2
- 229940045641 monobasic sodium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910000403 monosodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019799 monosodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- IDIIJJHBXUESQI-DFIJPDEKSA-N moxifloxacin hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.COC1=C(N2C[C@H]3NCCC[C@H]3C2)C(F)=CC(C(C(C(O)=O)=C2)=O)=C1N2C1CC1 IDIIJJHBXUESQI-DFIJPDEKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- NCXMLFZGDNKEPB-FFPOYIOWSA-N natamycin Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C[C@@H](C)OC(=O)/C=C/[C@H]2O[C@@H]2C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 NCXMLFZGDNKEPB-FFPOYIOWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010298 natamycin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000041 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007344 nucleophilic reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940124641 pain reliever Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003921 particle size analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000083 poly(allylamine) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004632 polycaprolactone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012643 polycondensation polymerization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000166 polytrimethylene carbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001747 pupil Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004264 retinal detachment Effects 0.000 description 2
- WVYADZUPLLSGPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N salsalate Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O WVYADZUPLLSGPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001932 seasonal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WUWDLXZGHZSWQZ-WQLSENKSSA-N semaxanib Chemical compound N1C(C)=CC(C)=C1\C=C/1C2=CC=CC=C2NC\1=O WUWDLXZGHZSWQZ-WQLSENKSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004055 small Interfering RNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940126586 small molecule drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000007614 solvation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008227 sterile water for injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 2
- MKPLKVHSHYCHOC-AHTXBMBWSA-N travoprost Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C[C@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1\C=C\[C@@H](O)COC1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 MKPLKVHSHYCHOC-AHTXBMBWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004221 triamcinolone hexacetonide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960000241 vandetanib Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002525 vasculotropin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VQTBINYMFPKLQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 2-(3-hydroxy-6-oxoxanthen-9-yl)benzoate Chemical compound C=12C=CC(=O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O VQTBINYMFPKLQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRBGTUQJDFBWNN-MUGJNUQGSA-N (2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O RRBGTUQJDFBWNN-MUGJNUQGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUBOMFCQGDBHNK-JTQLQIEISA-N (S)-gatifloxacin Chemical compound FC1=CC(C(C(C(O)=O)=CN2C3CC3)=O)=C2C(OC)=C1N1CCN[C@@H](C)C1 XUBOMFCQGDBHNK-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLRMANUAADYWEA-NWASOUNVSA-N (S)-timolol maleate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O.CC(C)(C)NC[C@H](O)COC1=NSN=C1N1CCOCC1 WLRMANUAADYWEA-NWASOUNVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPVXHAANQNHFSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxan-2-one Chemical compound O=C1COCCO1 VPVXHAANQNHFSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1COC(=O)CO1 RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTFAGPBUAGFMQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-[2-(2-aminopropoxy)propoxy]propoxy]propan-2-amine Chemical compound CC(N)COCC(C)OCC(C)OCC(C)N WTFAGPBUAGFMQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEBVLXFERQHONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-N-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)piperidine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound CCCCN1CCCCC1C(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C LEBVLXFERQHONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPKVUHPKYQGHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenylpyrrolidin-2-one;molecular iodine Chemical compound II.C=CN1CCCC1=O CPKVUHPKYQGHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLSAPDZWVFWUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical group OS(=O)(=O)C1CC(=O)NC1=O BLSAPDZWVFWUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003923 2,5-pyrrolediones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XMNIXWIUMCBBBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-phenylpropan-2-ylperoxy)propan-2-ylbenzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 XMNIXWIUMCBBBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGTCROZDHDSNIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-quinolinylmethylamino)-N-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-2-thiophenecarboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC(OC(F)(F)F)=CC=C1NC(=O)C1=C(NCC=2C3=CC=CC=C3N=CC=2)C=CS1 FGTCROZDHDSNIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHFDRBXTEDBWCZ-NTEUORMPSA-N 3-[2,4-dimethyl-5-[(e)-(2-oxo-1h-indol-3-ylidene)methyl]-1h-pyrrol-3-yl]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=C(C)NC(\C=C\2C3=CC=CC=C3NC/2=O)=C1C NHFDRBXTEDBWCZ-NTEUORMPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXRGSJAOLKBZLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethenylazepan-2-one Chemical compound C=CC1CCCCNC1=O MXRGSJAOLKBZLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VFXXTYGQYWRHJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-azobis(4-cyanopentanoic acid) Chemical group OC(=O)CCC(C)(C#N)N=NC(C)(CCC(O)=O)C#N VFXXTYGQYWRHJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXZGLTYKKZKGLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O QXZGLTYKKZKGLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AKJHMTWEGVYYSE-AIRMAKDCSA-N 4-HPR Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1NC(=O)/C=C(\C)/C=C/C=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C AKJHMTWEGVYYSE-AIRMAKDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFCXANHHBCGMAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[4-(4-chloroanilino)furo[2,3-d]pyridazin-7-yl]oxymethyl]-n-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=NC(C(=O)NC)=CC(COC=2C=3OC=CC=3C(NC=3C=CC(Cl)=CC=3)=NN=2)=C1 QFCXANHHBCGMAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXLPVQZYQCGXOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-5-fluoro-3-[6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]-1H-quinolin-2-one 2-hydroxypropanoic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O.CC(O)C(O)=O.CN1CCN(CC1)c1ccc2nc([nH]c2c1)-c1c(N)c2c(F)cccc2[nH]c1=O XXLPVQZYQCGXOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTGGYCCJUPYZSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-n-[3-(4-methylimidazol-1-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[(4-pyridin-3-ylpyrimidin-2-yl)amino]benzamide;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=NC(C)=CN1C1=CC(NC(=O)C=2C=C(NC=3N=C(C=CN=3)C=3C=NC=CC=3)C(C)=CC=2)=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 VTGGYCCJUPYZSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSDSWSVVBLHKDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-fluoro-3-methyl-10-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-oxo-2,3-dihydro-7H-[1,4]oxazino[2,3,4-ij]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid Chemical compound FC1=CC(C(C(C(O)=O)=C2)=O)=C3N2C(C)COC3=C1N1CCN(C)CC1 GSDSWSVVBLHKDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- ULXXDDBFHOBEHA-ONEGZZNKSA-N Afatinib Chemical compound N1=CN=C2C=C(OC3COCC3)C(NC(=O)/C=C/CN(C)C)=CC2=C1NC1=CC=C(F)C(Cl)=C1 ULXXDDBFHOBEHA-ONEGZZNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000945 Amylopectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 244000106483 Anogeissus latifolia Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011514 Anogeissus latifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KUVIULQEHSCUHY-XYWKZLDCSA-N Beclometasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(Cl)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)COC(=O)CC)(OC(=O)CC)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O KUVIULQEHSCUHY-XYWKZLDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004342 Benzoyl peroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100032957 C5a anaphylatoxin chemotactic receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710098483 C5a anaphylatoxin chemotactic receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QWOJMRHUQHTCJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC([CH2-])=O Chemical compound CC([CH2-])=O QWOJMRHUQHTCJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940127291 Calcium channel antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940123587 Cell cycle inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920002101 Chitin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001287 Chondroitin sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010005939 Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031614 Ciliary neurotrophic factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940124073 Complement inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000016134 Conjunctival disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010741 Conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000045 Dermatan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WYQPLTPSGFELIB-JTQPXKBDSA-N Difluprednate Chemical compound C1([C@@H](F)C2)=CC(=O)C=C[C@]1(C)[C@]1(F)[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@@](C(=O)COC(C)=O)(OC(=O)CCC)[C@@]2(C)C[C@@H]1O WYQPLTPSGFELIB-JTQPXKBDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003556 Dry Eye Syndromes Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013774 Dry eye Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001428166 Eucheuma Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000855 Fucoidan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002148 Gellan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000008069 Geographic Atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010072051 Glatiramer Acetate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001922 Gum ghatti Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000569 Gum karaya Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001428259 Hypnea Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000019223 Interleukin-1 receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050006617 Interleukin-1 receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000288 Keratan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000009319 Keratoconjunctivitis Sicca Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZCVMWBYGMWKGHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ketotifene Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCC1=C1C2=CC=CC=C2CC(=O)C2=C1C=CS2 ZCVMWBYGMWKGHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIARLYUEJFELEN-LROUJFHJSA-N LSM-1231 Chemical compound C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3C(=O)NCC3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1[C@]1(C)[C@](CO)(O)C[C@H]4O1 UIARLYUEJFELEN-LROUJFHJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001543 Laminarin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical class COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M Methylprednisolone sodium succinate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(=O)COC(=O)CCC([O-])=O)CC[C@H]21 FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000006845 Michael addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006957 Michael reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naproxen Natural products C1=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000022873 Ocular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HVRLZEKDTUEKQH-NOILCQHBSA-N Olopatadine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1OC2=CC=C(CC(O)=O)C=C2C(=C/CCN(C)C)\C2=CC=CC=C21 HVRLZEKDTUEKQH-NOILCQHBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Poloxamer Chemical compound C1CO1.CC1CO1 RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000000471 Prostaglandin F receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050008995 Prostaglandin F receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010078762 Protein Precursors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014961 Protein Precursors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091030071 RNAI Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100029618 Rab-like protein 6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150076252 Rabl6 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007014 Retinitis pigmentosa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000582 Retinoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 1
- RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N SJ000286063 Natural products C12C(OC(=O)C(C)(C)CC)CC(C)C=C2C=CC(C)C1CCC1CC(O)CC(=O)O1 RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XGMPVBXKDAHORN-RBWIMXSLSA-N Triamcinolone diacetate Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@](C(=O)COC(=O)C)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O XGMPVBXKDAHORN-RBWIMXSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100027193 Twinkle mtDNA helicase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108091008605 VEGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009484 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010047571 Visual impairment Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000208 Wet Macular Degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- FHEAIOHRHQGZPC-KIWGSFCNSA-N acetic acid;(2s)-2-amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoic acid;(2s)-2-aminopentanedioic acid;(2s)-2-aminopropanoic acid;(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O.C[C@H](N)C(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FHEAIOHRHQGZPC-KIWGSFCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008062 acetophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052768 actinide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001255 actinides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007259 addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940050528 albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005250 alkyl acrylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N alpha-L-IdopA-(1->3)-beta-D-GalpNAc4S Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C(O)=O)O1 AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940060610 alrex Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002870 angiogenesis inducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004037 angiogenesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002491 angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003266 anti-allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125715 antihistaminic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940034982 antineoplastic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001742 aqueous humor Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001502 aryl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940120638 avastin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004335 azelastine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YEJAJYAHJQIWNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N azelastine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1CN(C)CCCC1N1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C(CC=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)=N1 YEJAJYAHJQIWNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQTOSJVFKKJCRP-BICOPXKESA-N azithromycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@@H](C)N(C)C[C@H](C)C[C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](C)O2)N(C)C)O)[C@H]1C)(C)O)CC)[C@H]1C[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MQTOSJVFKKJCRP-BICOPXKESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004099 azithromycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950000210 beclometasone dipropionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019400 benzoyl peroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940064804 betadine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004324 betaxolol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940059222 betimol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940072329 betoptic Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002470 bimatoprost Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940006072 bimatoprost ophthalmic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006065 biodegradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125385 biologic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001851 biosynthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010217 blepharitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000001045 blue dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021538 borax Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002362 bornane-2,3-dione group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003655 bromfenac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZBPLOVFIXSTCRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromfenac Chemical compound NC1=C(CC(O)=O)C=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 ZBPLOVFIXSTCRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011095 buffer preparation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005252 bulbus oculi Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003150 bupivacaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ONIQOQHATWINJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N cabozantinib Chemical compound C=12C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC2=NC=CC=1OC(C=C1)=CC=C1NC(=O)C1(C(=O)NC=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)CC1 ONIQOQHATWINJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000480 calcium channel blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001631 carbomer Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000679 carrageenan Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940113118 carrageenan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000590 celecoxib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005859 cell recognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce] ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007156 chain growth polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012986 chain transfer agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- WMEMLXDTLKSUOD-OGCOPIPOSA-N chembl436844 Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3N(C)C=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1)C(C)C)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(N)=O)C1=CN=CN1 WMEMLXDTLKSUOD-OGCOPIPOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940044683 chemotherapy drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorocarbonic acid Chemical class OC(Cl)=O AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940107200 chondroitin sulfates Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001265 ciclosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940088515 ciloxan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- MPMSMUBQXQALQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt phthalocyanine Chemical compound [Co+2].C12=CC=CC=C2C(N=C2[N-]C(C3=CC=CC=C32)=N2)=NC1=NC([C]1C=CC=CC1=1)=NC=1N=C1[C]3C=CC=CC3=C2[N-]1 MPMSMUBQXQALQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005188 collagen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004456 color vision Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004074 complement inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008094 contradictory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011243 crosslinked material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930182912 cyclosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000005034 decoration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000593 degrading effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940051593 dermatan sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002344 dexamethasone sodium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LSXWFXONGKSEMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N di-tert-butyl peroxide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C LSXWFXONGKSEMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diflunisal Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(C(=O)O)=CC(C=2C(=CC(F)=CC=2)F)=C1 HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000616 diflunisal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004875 difluprednate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940090570 dipivefrin hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 1
- UQGFMSUEHSUPRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N disodium;3,7-dioxido-2,4,6,8,9-pentaoxa-1,3,5,7-tetraborabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].O1B([O-])OB2OB([O-])OB1O2 UQGFMSUEHSUPRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940068204 drug implant Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003844 drug implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002651 drug therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000011325 dry age related macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002961 echo contrast media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950005627 embonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010014801 endophthalmitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000052116 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700015053 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229950009769 etabonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UKZQEOHHLOYJLY-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethyl eosin Chemical group [K+].CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C([O-])=C(Br)C=C21 UKZQEOHHLOYJLY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960005293 etodolac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XFBVBWWRPKNWHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N etodolac Chemical compound C1COC(CC)(CC(O)=O)C2=N[C]3C(CC)=CC=CC3=C21 XFBVBWWRPKNWHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003090 exacerbative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003889 eye drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950003662 fenretinide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007888 film coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009501 film coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001347 fluocinolone acetonide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FEBLZLNTKCEFIT-VSXGLTOVSA-N fluocinolone acetonide Chemical compound C1([C@@H](F)C2)=CC(=O)C=C[C@]1(C)[C@]1(F)[C@@H]2[C@@H]2C[C@H]3OC(C)(C)O[C@@]3(C(=O)CO)[C@@]2(C)C[C@@H]1O FEBLZLNTKCEFIT-VSXGLTOVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001048 fluorometholone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FAOZLTXFLGPHNG-KNAQIMQKSA-N fluorometholone Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@]2(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)CC[C@H]21 FAOZLTXFLGPHNG-KNAQIMQKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940058429 fluorometholone ophthalmic suspension Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124307 fluoroquinolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SYTBZMRGLBWNTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N flurbiprofen Chemical compound FC1=CC(C(C(O)=O)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 SYTBZMRGLBWNTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003898 flurbiprofen sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000289 fluticasone propionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WMWTYOKRWGGJOA-CENSZEJFSA-N fluticasone propionate Chemical compound C1([C@@H](F)C2)=CC(=O)C=C[C@]1(C)[C@]1(F)[C@@H]2[C@@H]2C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)SCF)(OC(=O)CC)[C@@]2(C)C[C@@H]1O WMWTYOKRWGGJOA-CENSZEJFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- IRSCQMHQWWYFCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ganciclovir Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2COC(CO)CO IRSCQMHQWWYFCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002963 ganciclovir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003923 gatifloxacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003776 glatiramer acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003827 glycol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000578 graft copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019314 gum ghatti Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MSYBLBLAMDYKKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron;pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride;chloride Chemical compound Cl.ClC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 MSYBLBLAMDYKKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002432 hydroperoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002433 hydrophilic molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001600 hydrophobic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000001261 hydroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003685 imatinib mesylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002463 imidates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008105 immune reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003444 immunosuppressant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010952 in-situ formation Methods 0.000 description 1
- MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M indocyanine green Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CCCCN1C2=CC=C3C=CC=CC3=C2C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=CC=CC1=[N+](CCCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C2C1(C)C MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960004657 indocyanine green Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000905 indomethacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004968 inflammatory condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002262 irrigation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003973 irrigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010494 karaya gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010023332 keratitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketoprofen Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000991 ketoprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BWHLPLXXIDYSNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketorolac tromethamine Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO.OC(=O)C1CCN2C1=CC=C2C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BWHLPLXXIDYSNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004384 ketorolac tromethamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YNQQEYBLVYAWNX-WLHGVMLRSA-N ketotifen fumarate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O.C1CN(C)CCC1=C1C2=CC=CC=C2CC(=O)C2=C1C=CS2 YNQQEYBLVYAWNX-WLHGVMLRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003630 ketotifen fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940043355 kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- DBTMGCOVALSLOR-VPNXCSTESA-N laminarin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)OC1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C(O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@@H]2O)O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O DBTMGCOVALSLOR-VPNXCSTESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940110775 latanoprost ophthalmic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950001845 lestaurtinib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003041 ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012886 linear function Methods 0.000 description 1
- MPVGZUGXCQEXTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N linifanib Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(F)C(NC(=O)NC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=3C(N)=NNC=3C=CC=2)=C1 MPVGZUGXCQEXTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010550 living polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005015 local anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940080267 lotemax Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940112534 lumigan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WJEOLQLKVOPQFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N masitinib Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1CC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC=2C=C(NC=3SC=C(N=3)C=3C=NC=CC=3)C(C)=CC=2)C=C1 WJEOLQLKVOPQFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 1
- HYYBABOKPJLUIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N mefenamic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(NC=2C(=CC=CC=2)C(O)=O)=C1C HYYBABOKPJLUIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002734 metacrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CPMDPSXJELVGJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-hydroxy-3-[N-[4-[methyl-[2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)acetyl]amino]phenyl]-C-phenylcarbonimidoyl]-1H-indole-6-carboxylate Chemical compound OC=1NC2=CC(=CC=C2C=1C(=NC1=CC=C(C=C1)N(C(CN1CCN(CC1)C)=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)OC CPMDPSXJELVGJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004584 methylprednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011325 microbead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002744 mometasone furoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WOFMFGQZHJDGCX-ZULDAHANSA-N mometasone furoate Chemical compound O([C@]1([C@@]2(C)C[C@H](O)[C@]3(Cl)[C@@]4(C)C=CC(=O)C=C4CC[C@H]3[C@@H]2C[C@H]1C)C(=O)CCl)C(=O)C1=CC=CO1 WOFMFGQZHJDGCX-ZULDAHANSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003541 multi-stage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ONDPWWDPQDCQNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(3,3-dimethyl-1,2-dihydroindol-6-yl)-2-(pyridin-4-ylmethylamino)pyridine-3-carboxamide;phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O.OP(O)(O)=O.C=1C=C2C(C)(C)CNC2=CC=1NC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1NCC1=CC=NC=C1 ONDPWWDPQDCQNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZUQEHCMDUSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)phthalazin-1-amine;dihydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=NC=C1 AZUQEHCMDUSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBWFXVZLPYTWQI-IPOVEDGCSA-N n-[2-(diethylamino)ethyl]-5-[(z)-(5-fluoro-2-oxo-1h-indol-3-ylidene)methyl]-2,4-dimethyl-1h-pyrrole-3-carboxamide;(2s)-2-hydroxybutanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O.CCN(CC)CCNC(=O)C1=C(C)NC(\C=C/2C3=CC(F)=CC=C3NC\2=O)=C1C LBWFXVZLPYTWQI-IPOVEDGCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[3-[[6-[3-(trifluoromethyl)anilino]pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]phenyl]cyclopropanecarboxamide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=CC(NC=2N=CN=C(NC=3C=C(NC(=O)C4CC4)C=CC=3)C=2)=C1 YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002009 naproxen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N naproxen Chemical compound C1=C([C@H](C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDBRNDSHEYLDJV-FVGYRXGTSA-M naproxen sodium Chemical compound [Na+].C1=C([C@H](C)C([O-])=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CDBRNDSHEYLDJV-FVGYRXGTSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960003940 naproxen sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940064801 natacyn Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003255 natamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004311 natamycin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001206 natural gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012664 nevanac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HYIMSNHJOBLJNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N nifedipine Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=C(C)NC(C)=C(C(=O)OC)C1C1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O HYIMSNHJOBLJNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001597 nifedipine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940030721 nilotinib hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007335 nucleophilic acyl substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001699 ofloxacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940099990 ogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940061037 optivar Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001451 organic peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033116 oxidation-reduction process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005702 oxyalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960001972 panitumumab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MQHIQUBXFFAOMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pazopanib hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC2=C(C)N(C)N=C2C=C1N(C)C(N=1)=CC=NC=1NC1=CC=C(C)C(S(N)(=O)=O)=C1 MQHIQUBXFFAOMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940005014 pegaptanib sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003757 phosphotransferase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- KASDHRXLYQOAKZ-ZPSXYTITSA-N pimecrolimus Chemical compound C/C([C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@]2(O)O[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@H]2C)OC)[C@@H](OC)C[C@@H](C)C/C(C)=C/[C@H](C(C[C@H](O)[C@H]1C)=O)CC)=C\[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](Cl)[C@H](OC)C1 KASDHRXLYQOAKZ-ZPSXYTITSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005330 pimecrolimus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-M pimelate(1-) Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCC([O-])=O WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QYSPLQLAKJAUJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N piroxicam Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(C)C=1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=N1 QYSPLQLAKJAUJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002702 piroxicam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007745 plasma electrolytic oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003880 polar aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001993 poloxamer 188 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001308 poly(aminoacid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001390 poly(hydroxyalkylmethacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001515 polyalkylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000671 polyethylene glycol diacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000683 possible toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003334 potential effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940090942 povidone-iodine ophthalmic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940127293 prostanoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003814 prostanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940001470 psychoactive drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004089 psychotropic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005604 random copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004627 regenerated cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001850 reproductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013557 residual solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940053174 restasis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960000953 salsalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940116351 sebacate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-L sebacate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229950003647 semaxanib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007873 sieving Methods 0.000 description 1
- RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-HGQWONQESA-N simvastatin Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H](C)C=CC2=C[C@H](C)C[C@@H]([C@H]12)OC(=O)C(C)(C)CC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1 RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-HGQWONQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002855 simvastatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004328 sodium tetraborate Substances 0.000 description 1
- GNMBMOULKUXEQF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-(3-fluoro-4-phenylphenyl)propanoate;dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].FC1=CC(C(C([O-])=O)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 GNMBMOULKUXEQF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000000935 solvent evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- IVDHYUQIDRJSTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N sorafenib tosylate Chemical compound [H+].CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1.C1=NC(C(=O)NC)=CC(OC=2C=CC(NC(=O)NC=3C=C(C(Cl)=CC=3)C(F)(F)F)=CC=2)=C1 IVDHYUQIDRJSTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000487 sorafenib tosylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003335 steric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-L suberate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCCCC([O-])=O TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimide Chemical class O=C1CCC(=O)N1 KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MLKXDPUZXIRXEP-MFOYZWKCSA-N sulindac Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(F)=CC=C2\C1=C/C1=CC=C(S(C)=O)C=C1 MLKXDPUZXIRXEP-MFOYZWKCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000894 sulindac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002812 sunitinib malate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011477 surgical intervention Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960004458 tafluprost Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WSNODXPBBALQOF-VEJSHDCNSA-N tafluprost Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C[C@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1\C=C\C(F)(F)COC1=CC=CC=C1 WSNODXPBBALQOF-VEJSHDCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004489 tear production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950004186 telatinib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CIHOLLKRGTVIJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert‐butyl hydroperoxide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OO CIHOLLKRGTVIJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010061115 tetralysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioxanthen-9-one Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004605 timolol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005221 timolol maleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002044 tolmetin sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001428 transition metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000575 trastuzumab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940113006 travatan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002368 travoprost Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940089406 travoprost ophthalmic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004320 triamcinolone diacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VSQQQLOSPVPRAZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N trifluridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(C(F)(F)F)=C1 VSQQQLOSPVPRAZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003962 trifluridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YFHICDDUDORKJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCCO1 YFHICDDUDORKJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003454 tympanic membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000004917 tyrosine kinase inhibitor derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000825 ultraviolet detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003673 urethanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LSGOVYNHVSXFFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadate(3-) Chemical compound [O-][V]([O-])([O-])=O LSGOVYNHVSXFFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940034215 vigamox Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000029257 vision disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004304 visual acuity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004393 visual impairment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940002639 xalatan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L zinc;1-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-3-[(1s,2s)-2-(6-fluoro-2-hydroxy-3-propanoylphenyl)cyclopropyl]urea;diacetate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C([C@H]2[C@H](C2)NC(=O)NC=2N=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=C1O UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/436—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a six-membered ring having oxygen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. rapamycin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
- A61K31/403—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
- A61K31/404—Indoles, e.g. pindolol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/444—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring heteroatom, e.g. amrinone
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/496—Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene or sparfloxacin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/50—Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines
- A61K31/502—Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. cinnoline, phthalazine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/517—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. quinazoline, perimidine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/56—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0048—Eye, e.g. artificial tears
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
- A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
Definitions
- the technical field in general, relates to drug delivery involving hydrogels as used for various medical conditions, and includes hydrogels formed in an eye with extended drug release times.
- Age-related macular degeneration (AMD), diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema (DME) posterior uveitis, choroidal neovascularization (CNV) and cystoid macular edema (CME) are sight-threatening back-of-the-eye diseases.
- Age related macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy are significant causes of visual impairment in the United States and elsewhere; these conditions are generally caused by angiogenesis (unwanted blood-vessel growth in the eye) that damages the retina and ultimately can cause blindness.
- Posterior uveitis is a chronic inflammatory condition that causes about ten percent of the blindness in the United States.
- One invention disclosed herein is a crosslinked hydrogel formed in situ that releases a therapeutic agent that can be used, e.g., to treat back-of-the eye diseases.
- aqueous polymeric precursor(s) are combined in flowable concentrations/viscosities with an agent and injected through a small gauge needle into the eye, where the precursor(s) form a crosslinked in situ hydrogel that releases the drug over time.
- the hydrogel may be formulated to adhere to itself or a tissue in or around the eye to enhance drug release effects and stability, to degrade to biocompatible components without causing inflammation, and to crosslink in place.
- a shape-stable hydrogel thus formed can effectively deliver the agent and advantageously have a well-controlled size, shape, and surface area.
- the hydrogels can be made to degrade after release of the drug.
- FIG. 1 depicts anatomical features of an eye from a frontal view
- FIG. 2 is a partially cut-away perspective view of an eye
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of an eye
- FIG. 4 depicts various delivery alternatives for ocular implants
- FIG. 5 depicts suprachoroidal material placement
- FIG. 6 depicts release of an agent from an in situ formed hydrogel in an intracameral or intravitreal space
- FIG. 7 is a plot of swelling of a hydrogel volume as it degrades without exterior constraints
- FIG. 8 is a plot of the dimensions of the hydrogel depot of FIG. 7 ;
- FIG. 9 is a montage of photographs of an in situ formed hydrogel releasing an agent, shown immediately after placement in vivo (panel a), after 40 hours (panel b), 1 week (panel c) or 12 days (panel d) in physiological buffered saline (PBS);
- FIG. 10 is a photograph of a hydrogel implant with an agent entrapped in the implant for release, in a PBS;
- FIG. 11A is a plot of a release profile in PBS of agents entrapped in a hydrogel depot or as placed directly into the PBS;
- FIG. 11B is the plot of FIG. 11A presented as a Higuchi plot
- FIG. 11C is a representation of the data of FIG. 11A to show the Higuchi factor, K, as having a linear relationship with drug solubility for low or very low solubility agents released from the hydrogels;
- FIG. 12 is a photographic montage of a controlled release of an agent from a hydrogel depot showing clearance of the agent over time;
- FIG. 13 is an example of zone clearance of loteprednol etabonate from a hydrogel depot in PBS;
- FIG. 14 is an example of zone clearance of prednisolone from a hydrogel depot in PBS
- FIG. 15 is a photographic montage of a controlled release of dexamethasone from a hydrogel depot showing clearance of the agent over time;
- FIG. 16 is a photomontage of various agents released from hydrogels for the indicated times, and is an example showing that zone clearance of agents from hydrogel depots in release media such as PBS visually correlates with drug solubility in release media over time.
- An embodiment of the invention is a method of drug delivery to a tissue, particularly an eye, comprising forming a hydrogel implant in situ with a therapeutic agent in the hydrogel (e.g., dissolved, suspended, dispersed throughout), the agent having a low solubility in water.
- a therapeutic agent e.g., dissolved, suspended, dispersed throughout
- Drug delivery to the eye is an active field. Improvements in drugs for treatment of eye diseases have created new options for patients, including controlled release devices.
- One approach to ocular extended release was to put drugs into degradable particles that were injected into the eye. There were sometimes problems, however, with the particles settling onto the retina and causing contact toxicity.
- Others have created small drug delivery devices that are biodegradable rods of poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) copolymers (PLA/PGA) that are impregnated with drugs and inserted into the eye. As they erode, the drug is able to move out of the PLA/PGA matrix, so that the degradation controls the rate of release. These devices provide extended release as they are eroded by the aqueous solution in the eye.
- PLA/PGA poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) copolymers
- a low solubility agent can go into solution particularly slowly in a hydrogel.
- the hydrogel can be made to readily allow diffusion without requiring degradation of the hydrogel (bioerosion) for release of the agent.
- the hydrogel's properties can be tailored to take advantage of the solubility of the agent to control release.
- Such properties can include a matrix structure that provides for diffusion of the agent without depending on bioerosion, a process of making the hydrogel that allows for dispersion of the agent in the hydrogel, and providing for the agent to be suspended as, e.g. micro and/or nano particles or droplets.
- the agent does not have to be encapsulated in particles, or otherwise combined with materials that need bioerosion to release them.
- the hydrogels can be made to last longer than the agents they deliver so that delivery is controlled and the release of a final burst of the agent is kept within limits that avoid potentially toxic effects.
- Some embodiments provide for encapsulation of agents in particles as an alternative or addition to non-encapsulated agents, particularly in areas outside the eye.
- the particles can be mixed with one or more precursors that form a hydrogel around them. Encapsulating particles are further discussed below.
- the eye presents an environment with competing design requirements.
- the volume of the eye is limited such that a large volume depot is disfavored.
- placing the depot in the eye, for instance by injection involves some discomfort and trauma such that a large depot is helpful for minimizing the frequency of placement.
- the eye is generally sensitive and placement of depots at locations that interfere with its requirements for effective vision points to making small depots.
- therapeutic agents require a minimum concentration to be effective but may have toxic effects at concentrations that are too high. Therefore the agent must be released quickly and consistently enough to be effective without being released at too great a rate through the entire life of the implant.
- Use of a hydrogel around an agent presents the challenge of adding volume to the implant.
- a hydrogel that allows diffusion of an agent is affected not only by the concentration of the agent in the hydrogel but also by the concentration of the agent in the limited volume of the eye.
- a hydrogel depot with a relatively open matrix can be thus use the small volume of the eye as a parameter to control release because the amount of released agent can limit further release.
- the hydrogel structure, size, shape, loading, and choice of materials can thus be balanced, in combination with the properties of the agent, to provide an effective controlled release implant device.
- erodible hydrogels prevent diffusion until the matrix is eroded.
- Such designs have an advantage of directly controlling a rate of release of the agent. Since such designs have relatively densely crosslinked matrices, they can be made mechanically strong to resists mechanical forces involved in their implantation or after implantation, for example, by patients rubbing their eyes or receiving an accidental application of force, or stresses internal to the eye in some pathologies that are the target of the agent.
- hydrogels made in situ from precursors in aqueous solution can serve as depots of drugs or other therapeutic agents for ocular drug delivery, or delivery of agents at other sites.
- hydrogels that can be formed in situ on a tissue or organ to deliver agents.
- the term on a tissue is broad, and includes contact with a tissue, in the tissue, around the tissue, in a tissue void or defect, in a potential space in the body, and so forth.
- An organ is a tissue.
- the term on an organ is broad and includes in the organ, on it, around it, and so forth. In situ refers to forming a material at the site where it is intended to be located.
- a hydrogel may be formed in situ in a patient at the site wherein the hydrogel is intended to be used, e.g., as a drug depot for controlled release.
- Some drugs such as some tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs), have demonstrated corneal toxicity even in eye-drop form because the drugs are contacting the eye tissue directly.
- TKIs tyrosine kinase inhibitors
- An advantage of the hydrogel is that the hydrogel shields the tissue from contact with the agent, e.g., as a solid particle or a suspended form. The agent is slowly released from the hydrogel in a diffuse form.
- Example 1 describes the swelling and persistence of two hydrogels made with a polyethylene glycol (PEG) matrix at a solids concentration of a 5% or 10% w/w PEG, see Table 3.
- the hydrogels were made from a first PEG precursor having an electrophilic end group (succinimidyl azelate, SAZ) and a second PEG precursor having nucleophilic end group (amine).
- SAZ succinimidyl azelate
- amine nucleophilic end group
- the PEGs had 4 or 8 arms and a nominal molecular weight of 20 k each. They were combined in buffered solution in presence of a polysaccharide (hyaluronic acid, HA, at 1% w/w).
- HA polysaccharide
- the combination was found to have a low viscosity suited for injection through small bore needles and the resultant hydrogel matrix provided a structured that maintained its shape and mechanical integrity within a space gelation, e.g., intracameral, in a vitreous body, or other location.
- the precursors had good syringeability and good cohesion characteristics.
- the HA is a high molecular weight non-newtonian linear molecule; it enhanced viscosity of the precursor solution and performed well under high shear situations (passage through a thin gauge needle). A variety of different dilutions of 850 kDa HA were tested, with about 1% w/w providing a good result in this case.
- FIGS. 7 and 8 depict plots of swelling and dimensional change, respectively, for these hydrogel depots placed in vitro in physiological buffer solution (PBS). It was further observed that, as the hydrogels degraded, they continued to swell in a linear trend upwards to 1000% before liquefying. Most dimensional changes occur within the first hour. As the hydrogels degraded, they became mechanically more weak and swelled. These tests were conducted in an unrestrained area and, if formed in vivo, will swell minimally in vivo under conditions where surrounding mechanical forces limit swelling.
- PBS physiological buffer solution
- Example 2 a hydrogel of the composition of Example 1 further comprising a small amount of fluorescein for visualization and the agent dexamethasone was formed in situ in an eye in a volume of about 25 ⁇ L.
- the depot was explanted and placed in an excess of PBS to observe release of the agent and persistence of the hydrogel.
- the agent was observed to be cleared from the hydrogel in inward direction, with the edges of the implant having the lowest concentration of the agent and the interior of the hydrogel having the highest concentration ( FIG. 9 ).
- the hydrogel was essentially persistent during the observed time of 12 days and the visual observations were consistent with volumetric release and persistence data shown in plots herein.
- the hydrogel had a stable shape and consistent mechanical properties, based on manipulation of the hydrogel.
- Examples 3-8 provide detailed examples of making and using various hydrogels and agents.
- Example 9 is an example of how to make a kit for making hydrogels in vivo to release agents. Artisans can readily appreciate how to apply these Examples, and all the Examples more generally, to make and use hydrogels using the full range of precursors, agents, and sites of application set forth in other portions of this same disclosure.
- Example 10 shows release profiles for a variety of exemplary agents, Flunisolide (solubility 90 ⁇ g/mL), Betamethasone Sodium Phosphate (freely soluble in water), Budesonide (30 ⁇ g/mL, and Triamcinolone Acetonide (20 ⁇ g/mL.
- These agents were placed into PBS or dispersed in a hydrogel ( FIG. 10 ) placed into PBS, the hydrogel being made from a hydrophilic precursor (4-armed PEG) with electrophilic groups and a small hydrophilic precursor with nucleophilic groups (trilysine).
- the release rate from the agent-containing hydrogel depots was compared to the dissolution profile of the same amount of the agent in a neat formulation ( FIG. 11A ).
- FIGS. 11B and 11C are plots of the data of Example 10.
- FIG. 11B is a Higuchi plot showing that drug release versus square root of time is a linear relationship, with slopes (the slope is equal to the Higuchi factor, K) proportional to drug solubility, drug diffusivity, initial drug concentration, depot surface area, and other depot design factors.
- FIG. 11C shows the linear function of solubility relative to K, for the same initial drug concentrations and other depot design factors.
- a visual representation of drug release from the depots over time is presented in FIG. 12 for an exemplary agent (flunisolide).
- M t is the mass of drug eluted at time t
- A is the surface area
- C 0 is the initial drug concentration
- C s is the drug solubility
- D is the diffusion coefficient.
- M ⁇ is the cumulative drug released at infinite time and k is a constant (Higuchi factor) reflecting the depot design variables.
- k is a constant (Higuchi factor) reflecting the depot design variables.
- the drug or drug fraction release profile is tapered when plotted versus time, but linear when plotted versus the square root of time.
- the release of the low solubility agent is thus regulated by the limited solubility of the agent in the physiological environment within the hydrogel and by the concentration gradient at the hydrogel interface with the physiological environment, which equals the drug solubility under perfect sink conditions.
- a tapered drug release profile is created as the front of the concentration gradient recedes from the interface. This retreating front can be observed as a gradually increasing clear zone at the periphery of the depot. Regulating the amount of low solubility agent within the depot can therefore control the duration of the drug release.
- the drug release rate from the depot in the vitreous is expected to be extended relative to an injection of unconstrained neat steroid in the vitreous thereby prolonging the duration of action of the drug within the eye.
- an additional benefit is that particles of drug are entrapped within the hydrogel, whereas migrating insoluble drug particles within the eye may result in an adverse tissue reaction or vision impairment when particles enter the visual axis.
- Factors expected to influence the rate of drug release from the in situ formed hydrogel depot include: drug solubility, drug particle (liquid or solid) size, common solubility factors (pH, temperature, salts, and so forth), drug amount within the depot creating differing concentrations and gradients, uniformity of drug within the depot, depot surface area, fluid turnover or exchange rate at the depot interface, hydrogel degradation and dissolution, depot additive agents (such as surfactants), and possibly other factors known to alter the solubility of an agent.
- Example 11 In a similar construct described in Example 11, various agents were suspended in hydrophilic hydrogel precursor solutions crosslinked and formed as cylindrical depots. The agent-suspended gels were removed from the tubing and ex vivo release was initiated in dissolution media. Zone clearance (steroid released) from the depot interface inward was observed and visually recorded. See FIGS. 13-16 . A similar observation is expected to occur over time during in vivo drug release.
- Examples 12-14 detail results of experiments testing potential toxicity of agents released in bursts.
- the hydrogel depots consistently release effective concentrations of the agents over a period of time. After that period of time, the hydrogel loses mechanical integrity and the matrix structure becomes loosely organized. If there is any remaining agent during this phase of degradation, the agent might be released more rapidly, or in a burst, such that the agent is at a concentration that is higher than what is needed for effectiveness or is, potentially, in a toxic amount with respect to local tissues.
- In vivo tests in eyes were conducted to measure the potential effects of a burst release to understand how much persistence would be necessary relative to the total volume and remaining volume of the agents.
- the depots can be designed with a suitable persistence, loading, and other factors to effectively deliver drugs over a sustained period of time without falling short of the various design parameters.
- the hydrogel depot is designed to provide an effective concentration of the agent at its site of intended use.
- effective amount or effective concentration or therapeutically effective/concentration refers to the amount of an agent that is sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results.
- the effective amount may vary depending upon one or more of: the subject and disease condition being treated, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease condition, the manner of administration and the like, which can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- An effective concentration can be shown by pharmacodynamic effect.
- IC50 refers to the Median Inhibition Concentration (concentration that reduces the effect by 50%), e.g., inhibition of the unwanted pathological effect.
- the structure of the mammalian eye can be divided into three main layers or tunics: the fibrous tunic, the vascular tunic, and the nervous tunic.
- the fibrous tunic also known as the Tunica fibrosa oculi , is the outer layer of the eyeball consisting of the cornea and sclera.
- the sclera is the supporting wall of the eye and gives the eye most of its white color. It is extends from the cornea (the clear front section of the eye) to the optic nerve at the back of the eye.
- the sclera is a fibrous, elastic and protective tissue, composed of tightly packed collagen fibrils, containing about 70% water.
- the conjunctiva is a membrane that covers the sclera (white part of the eye) and lines the inside of the eyelids.
- the conjunctiva effectively surrounds, covers, and adheres to the sclera. It is has cellular and connective tissue, is somewhat elastic, and can be removed, teased away, or otherwise taken down to expose a surface area of the sclera.
- the vascular tunic also known as the Tunica vasculosa oculi , is the middle vascularized layer which includes the iris, ciliary body, and choroid. The choroid contains blood vessels that supply the retinal cells with oxygen and remove the waste products of respiration.
- the nervous tunic also known as the Tunica nervosa oculi , is the inner sensory which includes the retina.
- the retina contains the photosensitive rod and cone cells and associated neurons.
- the retina is a relatively smooth (but curved) layer. It does have two points at which it is different; the fovea and optic disc.
- the fovea is a dip in the retina directly opposite the lens, which is densely packed with cone cells.
- the fovea is part of the macula.
- the fovea is largely responsible for color vision in humans, and enables high acuity, which is necessary in reading.
- the optic disc is a point on the retina where the optic nerve pierces the retina to connect to the nerve cells on its inside.
- the mammalian eye can also be divided into two main segments: the anterior segment and the posterior segment.
- the anterior segment consists of an anterior and posterior chamber.
- the anterior chamber is located in front of the iris and posterior to the corneal endothelium and includes the pupil, iris, ciliary body and aqueous fluid.
- the posterior chamber is located posterior to the iris and anterior to the vitreous face where the crystalline lens and zonules fibers are positioned between an anterior and posterior capsule in an aqueous environment.
- the aqueous humor is a clear mass which connects the cornea with the lens of the eye, helps maintain the convex shape of the cornea (necessary to the convergence of light at the lens) and provides the corneal endothelium with nutrients.
- the posterior segment is located posterior to the crystalline lens and in front of the retina. It represents approximately two-thirds of the eye that includes the anterior hyaloid membrane and all structures behind it: the vitreous humor, retina, and optic nerve.
- the vitreous humour which is bounded on all sides: by the lens, ciliary body, suspensory ligaments and by the retina. It lets light through without refraction, helps maintain the shape of the eye and suspends the delicate lens.
- FIG. 1 depicts eye 10 having sclera 12 , iris 14 , pupil 16 , and eyelid 18 .
- FIG. 2 depicts a perspective view of eye 10 with a partial cross-section that depicts lens 20 , inferior oblique muscle 22 , inferior rectus muscle 24 , and optic nerve 26 .
- FIG. 3 is a cross-section of eye 10 and depicts cornea 22 that is optically clear and allows light to pass iris 14 and penetrate lens 20 .
- Anterior chamber 24 underlies cornea 22 and posterior chamber 26 lies between iris 14 and lens 20 .
- Ciliary body 28 is connected to lens 20 .
- FIG. 3 depicts a portion of the conjunctiva 30 , which overlies the sclera 12 .
- the vitreous body 32 comprises the jelly-like vitreous humor, with hyaloid canal 34 being in the same.
- Fovea 36 is in the macula and retina 38 overlies choroid 37 .
- Zonular spaces 42 are depict
- FIG. 4 depicts various intravitreal deposition schemes.
- a plurality of depots may be formed, or one.
- the depots may have various shapes, e.g., elongate, spheroidal, spherical, essentially spherical, ellipsoidal, cylindroid, essentially cylindroid, discoidal, or essentially discoidal.
- the term essentially spherical means that the hydrogel occupies at least 70% of the volume of a sphere drawn around the hydrogel.
- the term spherical means that the hydrogel occupies at least 85% of the volume of a sphere drawn around the hydrogel.
- the term essentially discoidal means that the hydrogel occupies at least 70% of the volume of a cylinder drawn around the hydrogel, with a height of the cylinder being less or equal to the diameter of the cylinder.
- the term essentially discoidal means that the hydrogel occupies at least 85% of the volume of a cylinder drawn around the hydrogel, with a height of the cylinder being less than the diameter of the cylinder.
- the term essentially cylindroid means that the hydrogel occupies at least 70% of the volume of a cylinder drawn around the hydrogel, with a height of the cylinder being greater than the diameter of the cylinder.
- essentially cylindroid means that the hydrogel occupies at least 85% of the volume of a cylinder drawn around the hydrogel, with a height of the cylinder being greater than the diameter of the cylinder.
- Other shapes and sizes may be chosen as suited for the site and application, and irregular shapes are also contemplated.
- FIG. 5 illustrates suprachoroidal placement.
- Other organs may be a site for placement of a hydrogel, as described in more detail below.
- the hydrogels may be formed in natural or surgical voids or potential spaces, including other sites where cancer has been removed or is located. Sites include placement of the hydrogel material at a site of a cancer, for example, at a prostate for therapy of prostate cancer or breast cancer.
- Back of the eye diseases can be treated with drugs utilizing, e.g., topical, systemic, intraocular and subconjunctival delivery routes.
- Systemic and topical drug delivery modalities can fall short in delivering therapeutic drug levels to treat posterior segment diseases.
- These methods of drug delivery encounter diffusion and drug dilution issues due to the inherent anatomical barriers of the intraocular and systemic systems, causing significant patient side effects (due to multiple daily dosing), poor bioavailability and compliance issues.
- the delivery site for placement of an intraocular drug delivery implant is generally dependent upon the disease that needs to be treated and the type of drug therapy.
- Embodiments directed to an in situ hydrogel biodegradable drug implant provide an effective alternative treatment for eye diseases, and are expected to reduce the common side-effects associated with repeated intravitreal injections.
- Embodiments of an intravitreal, intracameral or other ocular biodegradable drug delivery implant system are summarized below.
- FIGS. 4 and 5 show certain points of delivery at or near eye 10 .
- Locations include intracamerally, intravitreally or at or near the retina.
- Hydrogels can be put on the retina although some separation from the retina is typically useful. Separation may be, e.g., 0.1 to 10 mm; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.
- a drug depot of the in situ hydrogel drug delivery implant may be designed for controlled, long term drug release ranging from, e.g., about one to about twelve or thirty six months; and may optionally be directed to treatment of diseases of the posterior segment including, for example, age-related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, retinal vein occlusion, and cystoid macular edema.
- the device can carry a drug payload of various types of therapeutic agents for various conditions.
- One mode of application is to apply a mixture of precursors and other materials (e.g., therapeutic agent, viscosifying agent, accelerator, initiator) through a needle, cannula, catheter, or hollow wire to a site in or near an eye.
- the mixture may be delivered, for instance, using a manually controlled syringe or mechanically controlled syringe, e.g., a syringe pump.
- a dual syringe or multiple-barreled syringe or multi-lumen system may be used to mix the precursors at or near the site. Syringe-to-syringe mixing may be used when appropriate.
- Sites where drug delivery depots may be formed include an eye, the anterior chamber, the vitreous, episcleral, in the posterior subtenon's space (Inferior fornix), subconjunctival, sub-tenon, retinal, subretinal, intracanalicular, intracameral, intravitreal, intrasceleral, choroidal, suprachoroidal, a retina, subretinal, or a lens, a surface of the cornea or the conjunctiva, among others.
- embodiments include providing an effective amount or a calculated effective amount at such a site, e.g., an the effective amount at an eye, the anterior chamber, the vitreous, episcleral, in the posterior subtenon's space (Inferior fornix), subconjunctival, sub-tenon, retinal, subretinal, intracanalicular, intracameral, intravitreal, intrasceleral, choroidal, suprachoroidal, a retina, subretinal, or a lens, a surface of the cornea or the conjunctiva.
- an effective amount or a calculated effective amount at such a site e.g., an the effective amount at an eye, the anterior chamber, the vitreous, episcleral, in the posterior subtenon's space (Inferior fornix), subconjunctival, sub-tenon, retinal, subretinal, intracanalicular, intracameral, intravitreal, intrasceleral, choroidal, suprachoroidal, a retina
- Sites for formation of a hydrogel depot further include a tissue, lumen, void, potential space, inside an animal (human or otherwise), or on a surface of an animal.
- tissue is broad.
- Sites include iatrogenic sites, sites where tissue is removed, and surgical sites.
- Sites include cancer tissue, at or near cancer tissue, dental tissue, gums, periodontal, sinus, brain, intravascular, aneurysm, and site of a pathology.
- Viscosifying agents can be useful for hydrogels formed in or on an eye, with the agent helping the solution cling to its site of deposition, or maintain a cohesive mass, while the hydrogel forms.
- the choice of the agent must be made in light of the kind of crosslinking that is taking place.
- Viscosity enhancers may be used in conjunction with precursors. In general, the viscosity enhancers do not react with the precursors to form covalent bonds. While it is appreciated that precursors that are generally free of such bonding may sometimes participate in unwanted side reactions, these have little effect on the hydrogel so that the precursors are “free” of such reactions.
- the viscosity enhancers may be free of electrophiles or nucleophiles that can form covalent bonds with functional groups of the precursors, even if there is some low level of unwanted side reactions.
- Viscosity enhancers are, in general, hydrophilic polymers with a molecular weight of at least 20,000, 100,000 or from about 100,000 to about 2,000,000 Daltons; artisans will immediately appreciate that all values and ranges between these explicitly stated values are described, e.g., at least about 100,000, 200,000, more than 500,000, more than 550,000, 600,000. A concentration of about 5% to about 25% w/w may be used, for instance.
- PEG e.g., M.W.
- Viscosity enhancers may be free of electrophiles and/or nucleophiles. Viscosity enhancers may be fee of one or more functional groups such as hydroxyl, carboxyl, amine, or thiol. Viscosity enhancers may include one or more biodegradable links as described herein for precursors. Viscosity enhancers can be useful to prevent precursors from running-off a tissue site before the precursor's crosslink to form a gel.
- a thixotropic viscosifying agent may be used so that, in motion, it provides little resistance but, when static, forms a thick gel.
- Hyaluronic Acid (HA) has been found to be a useful thixotropic viscosifying agent.
- Molecular weights (average w/w) from 100,000 to 2,500,000 have been tested. These results show that a higher MW (e.g., 5000 k) may be also be used.
- thixotropic viscosifying agents include high molecular weight polysaccharides, or hydrophilic polymers, or PEGs. A percentage of 0.3 to 2.5% w/w has been tested, with the optimal percentage depending on the MW tested.
- a polysaccharide in a range of 0.2 to 5% may be added to the hydrogel/hydrogel precursors, Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 1, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5 w/w percent.
- the hydrogel is, in one embodiment, formed from precursors having functional groups that form crosslinks to crosslink the hydrogels and thereby form the hydrogel.
- the crosslinks may be covalent and/or physical in nature.
- the hydrogel delivers drugs to the eye or elsewhere.
- Some embodiments use highly flowable precursors that gel slowly enough to be forced through a very small bore cannula or needle to essentially cross-link only after injection, but nonetheless gel quickly enough so that they do not migrate back through the track of the incision.
- the gel degrades in the physiological fluid in or around the eye without causing inflammation by degrading into components that are biocompatible and not acidic. In some embodiments the gel adheres to the tissue.
- the hydrogel can be made to persist, or essentially persist, until after it has released its therapeutic agent contents, or until it has essentially released the contents.
- the hydrogel is preferably made so that the agent can diffuse through the hydrogel.
- One the one hand, allowing the agent to diffuse out of the gel removes an option for controlling a rate of drug delivery. For that reason, conventional practice with drug delivery from degradable materials is to require the material to degrade so that the drug can be released.
- the distance between crosslinks can be made small enough so that a drug cannot move through the hydrogel until it erodes; it is the bioerosion rate that controls release. Nonetheless, abandoning the bioerosion-based approach can be useful.
- embodiments of the invention may be made with a hydrogel that allows diffusion of a therapeutic agent through the hydrogel.
- the matrix may be made with a spacing between crosslinks that allows diffusion.
- essentially released means, unless otherwise indicated, about 97% w/w i of the drug is released, meaning the drug in the hydrogel had an initial weight w i and a weight, w, at the time of measurement.
- Other endpoints may be chosen, for instance, from 50 to 100 percent; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 50, 60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 99.5, 99.9, 99.99 percent.
- range unless, otherwise indicated, means that the numerical value can fall anywhere in the range.
- the term essentially persist means, unless otherwise indicated, about 97% w/w i of the dry weight of the hydrogel is retained, meaning hydrogel had an initial dry weight w i and a dry weight, w, at the time of measurement.
- Other endpoints may be chosen, for instance, from 50 to 100 percent persistence; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 50, 60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 99.5, 99.9, 99.99 percent.
- Persistence is the dry weight of the hydrogel relative to an initial dry weight of the hydrogel; this can be measured directly after washing an explanted hydrogel and accounting for the weight of tissue infiltrates, for instance, by digesting the depot and measuring the content of the hydrogel matrix after removing tissue infiltrates. Further, the ranges/values of persistence/release may be mixed and matched. For example, a hydrogel persistence of 95% when the drug is 99% released. As is evident, all of these percentage values are w/w unless otherwise indicated.
- hydrogel/drug combinations in terms of persistence and release at various points. For instance, it may be desirable to have a certain persistence when the release of the agent is at 50%. Accordingly, besides the persistence/release combinations already indicated, there can be a range of persistence from 0% to 100% and a range of release from 0% to 100%; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 49.9, 50, 50.1, 55, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, all being w/w percentages. Drug is a broad term that is used interchangeably herein with the term therapeutic agent.
- Stability and mechanical integrity are two further factors involved in controlling hydrogels.
- Stability in this context, is stability of shape.
- a hydrogel might be stable but then lose stability as it loses mechanical integrity, changing its shape, and becoming deformed, expanding or contracting.
- One measure of stability is change in volume (volume stability).
- the hydrogel once hydrated in situ, will have an initial volume. The volume at 24 hours after placement is a usually good measure of initial volume since the hydrogel has fully equilibrated with local fluids and, for gels that degrade in a time span of two or more weeks, little degradation has taken place. Accordingly, hydrogels can be made with an initial volume of 100% and, if they are fully biodegraded, will eventually achieve a volume of 0%.
- Another metric for stability is the percentage change in position of the initial shape: an overlay of the shape at a point in time is compared to the initial shape (shape stability). The amount of volume of the initial shape that has not been moved and has not disappeared is calculated, with complete stability being 100% and complete ending of stability being 0%. Stability can be described relative to time, as in days, weeks, or months. And/or stability can be described relative to a release of an agent. When a hydrogel designed to be deployed as a cohesive mass is being used in vivo, the forces acting on the hydrogel will typically not deform it from its initial shape so long as the hydrogel retains its initial mechanical integrity. Therefore stability can be used as a proxy for mechanical integrity in many cases. Essentially stable means more than about 97% by shape or volume measure.
- Shape or volume stability can be set in light of persistence or release, and thus may be chosen to be a value, for example, from 80 to 100 percent when release is from 0 to 100 percent; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 49.9, 50, 50.1, 55, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, all being percentages of shape or volume or w/w release percentages.
- Stability and mechanical integrity can also be used to reference an injectable solution that comprises precursor(s) and maintains shape and mechanical integrity within a space from injection until it gels, whether that space be a vitreous body, or other location.
- Examples of another space are puncta (canaliculus, upper/lower canaliculus), ocular fornix, upper/lower ocular fornix, subtenon space, choroid, suprachoroid, tenon, cornea, cancer tissue, organ, prostate, breast, surgically created space or injury, void space, and potential space.
- Embodiments include in situ formation of a punctal plug, with precursor(s) being introduced into the canaliculus and forming a punctal plug there. Accordingly, the shape and volume stability, described above, is contemplated for the solution.
- precursors may be combined as described herein at a site in or near an eye or other tissue to make a crosslinked hydrogel that comprises a therapeutic agent that is released into the eye to treat a disease over a suitable period of time.
- the hydrogel may be low-swelling, as measurable by the hydrogel having a weight increasing no more than about 10% or about 50% upon exposure to a physiological solution for twenty-four hours relative to a weight of the hydrogel at the time of formation; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated.
- the hydrogel also may be water-degradable, as measurable by the hydrogel being dissolvable in vitro in an excess of water by degradation of water-degradable groups in the hydrogel.
- a composition with the precursors mixed therein can be introduced through a small-gauge needle provided that the composition has a suitable viscosity, which in turn depends on precursor properties, concentrations, and chemistry. Further, the hydrogels' mechanical strengths and reaction time are adjusted though control of the precursors and functional groups.
- the precursors and hydrogels may have various features that can be mixed-and-matched as guided by the considerations for making an effective device; the following sections describe some of these features.
- the hydrogels are made from precursors. Precursors are chosen in consideration of the properties that are desired for the resultant hydrogel. There are various suitable precursors for use in making the hydrogels.
- precursor refers to those molecules crosslinked to form the hydrogel matrix. While other materials might be present in the hydrogel, such as therapeutic agents or fillers, they are not precursors.
- matrix is applicable for hydrogels.
- Such matrices include matrices with a water content of more than about 20% w/w; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 20%, 99%, 80%, 95%, at least 50%, and so forth, with the percentages being w/w and the solvent being water for hydrogels.
- Hydrogels may be formed by crosslinking water soluble molecules to form networks of essentially infinite molecular weight. Hydrogels with high water contents are typically soft, pliable materials. Hydrogels and drug delivery systems as described in U.S. Publication Nos.
- 2009/0017097, 2011/0142936 and 2012/0071865 may be adapted for use with the materials and methods herein by following the guidance provided herein; these references are hereby incorporated herein by reference for all purposes, and in case of conflict, the instant specification is controlling.
- Hydrogels may be formed from natural, synthetic, or biosynthetic polymers.
- Natural polymers may include glycosminoglycans, polysaccharides, and proteins.
- Some examples of glycosaminoglycans include dermatan sulfate, hyaluronic acid, the chondroitin sulfates, chitin, heparin, keratan sulfate, keratosulfate, and derivatives thereof.
- the glycosaminoglycans are extracted from a natural source and purified and derivatized. However, they also may be synthetically produced or synthesized by modified microorganisms such as bacteria.
- These materials may be modified synthetically from a naturally soluble state to a partially soluble or water swellable or hydrogel state. This modification may be accomplished by various well-known techniques, such as by conjugation or replacement of ionizable or hydrogen bondable functional groups such as carboxyl and/or hydroxyl or amine groups with other more hydrophobic groups.
- carboxyl groups on hyaluronic acid may be esterified by alcohols to decrease the solubility of the hyaluronic acid.
- Such processes are used by various manufacturers of hyaluronic acid products (such as Genzyme Corp., Cambridge, Mass.) to create hyaluronic acid based sheets, fibers, and fabrics that form hydrogels.
- Hydrogels may be biostable or biodegradable.
- biostable hydrophilic polymeric materials are poly(hydroxyalkyl methacrylate), poly(electrolyte complexes), poly(vinylacetate) cross-linked with hydrolysable or otherwise degradable bonds, and water-swellable N-vinyl lactams.
- hydrogels include hydrophilic hydrogels known as CARBOPOL®, an acidic carboxy polymer (Carbomer resins are high molecular weight, allylpentaerythritol-crosslinked, acrylic acid-based polymers, modified with C10-C30 alkyl acrylates), polyacrylamides, polyacrylic acid, starch graft copolymers, acrylate polymer, ester cross-linked polyglucan.
- hydrogels are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 3,640,741 to Etes, U.S. Pat. No. 3,865,108 to Hartop, U.S. Pat. No. 3,992,562 to Denzinger et al., U.S. Pat. No.
- Hydrogels may be made from precursors.
- the precursors are crosslinked with each other.
- Crosslinks can be formed by covalent bonds or physical bonds. Examples of physical bonds are ionic bonds, hydrophobic association of precursor molecule segments, and crystallization of precursor molecule segments.
- the precursors can be triggered to react to form a crosslinked hydrogel.
- the precursors can be polymerizable and include crosslinkers that are often, but not always, polymerizable precursors. Polymerizable precursors are thus precursors that have functional groups that react with each other to form matrices and/or polymers made of repeating units. Precursors may be polymers.
- Some precursors thus react by chain-growth polymerization, also referred to as addition polymerization, and involve the linking together of monomers incorporating double or triple chemical bonds. These unsaturated monomers have extra internal bonds which are able to break and link up with other monomers to form the repeating chain.
- Monomers are polymerizable molecules with at least one group that reacts with other groups to form a polymer.
- a macromonomer (or macromer) is a polymer or oligomer that has at least one reactive group, often at the end, which enables it to act as a monomer; each macromonomer molecule is attached to the polymer by reaction the reactive group. Thus macromonomers with two or more monomers or other functional groups tend to form covalent crosslinks.
- Addition polymerization is involved in the manufacture of, e.g., polypropylene or polyvinyl chloride.
- One type of addition polymerization is living polymerization.
- Some precursors thus react by condensation polymerization that occurs when monomers bond together through condensation reactions. Typically these reactions can be achieved through reacting molecules incorporating alcohol, amine or carboxylic acid (or other carboxyl derivative) functional groups. When an amine reacts with a carboxylic acid an amide or peptide bond is formed, with the release of water. Some condensation reactions follow a nucleophilic acyl substitution, e.g., as in U.S. Pat. No. 6,958,212, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety to the extent it does not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein. Some precursors react by a chain growth mechanism. Chain growth polymers are defined as polymers formed by the reaction of monomers or macromonomers with a reactive center.
- a reactive center is a particular location within a chemical compound that is the initiator of a reaction in which the chemical is involved. In chain-growth polymer chemistry, this is also the point of propagation for a growing chain.
- the reactive center is commonly radical, anionic, or cationic in nature, but can also take other forms.
- Chain growth systems include free radical polymerization, which involves a process of initiation, propagation and termination. Initiation is the creation of free radicals necessary for propagation, as created from radical initiators, e.g., organic peroxide molecules. Termination occurs when a radical reacts in a way that prevents further propagation. The most common method of termination is by coupling where two radical species react with each other forming a single molecule.
- Some precursors react by a step growth mechanism, and are polymers formed by the stepwise reaction between functional groups of monomers. Most step growth polymers are also classified as condensation polymers, but not all step growth polymers release condensates. Monomers may be polymers or small molecules. A polymer is a high molecular weight molecule formed by combining many smaller molecules (monomers) in a regular pattern. Oligomers are polymers having less than about 20 monomeric repeat units. A small molecule generally refers to a molecule that is less than about 2000 Daltons.
- the precursors may thus be small molecules, such as acrylic acid or vinyl caprolactam, larger molecules containing polymerizable groups, such as acrylate-capped polyethylene glycol (PEG-diacrylate), or other polymers containing ethylenically-unsaturated groups, such as those of U.S. Pat. No. 4,938,763 to Dunn et al, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,100,992 and 4,826,945 to Cohn et al, or U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,741,872 and 5,160,745 to DeLuca et al., each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety to the extent it does not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein.
- polymeric precursors are polymers that will be joined to other polymeric precursors at two or more points, with each point being a linkage to the same or different polymers.
- Precursors with at least two reactive centers can serve as crosslinkers since each reactive group can participate in the formation of a different growing polymer chain.
- crosslinking requires three or more such functional groups on at least one of the precursor types. For instance, many electrophilic-nucleophilic reactions consume the electrophilic and nucleophilic functional groups so that a third functional group is needed for the precursor to form a crosslink.
- Such precursors thus may have three or more functional groups and may be crosslinked by precursors with two or more functional groups.
- a crosslinked molecule may be crosslinked via an ionic or covalent bond, a physical force, or other attraction.
- a covalent crosslink will typically offer stability and predictability in reactant product architecture.
- each precursor is multifunctional, meaning that it comprises two or more electrophilic or nucleophilic functional groups, such that a nucleophilic functional group on one precursor may react with an electrophilic functional group on another precursor to form a covalent bond.
- At least one of the precursors comprises more than two functional groups, so that, as a result of electrophilic-nucleophilic reactions, the precursors combine to form crosslinked polymeric products.
- the precursors may have biologically inert and hydrophilic portions, e.g., a core.
- a core refers to a contiguous portion of a molecule joined to arms that extend from the core, with the arms having a functional group, which is often at the terminus of the branch.
- a hydrophilic molecule e.g., a precursor or precursor portion, has a solubility of at least 1 g/100 mL in an aqueous solution.
- a hydrophilic portion may be, for instance, a polyether, for example, polyalkylene oxides such as polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyethylene oxide (PEO), polyethylene oxide-co-polypropylene oxide (PPO), co-polyethylene oxide block or random copolymers, and polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), poly (vinyl pyrrolidinone) (PVP), poly (amino acids, dextran, or a protein.
- the precursors may have a polyalkylene glycol portion and may be polyethylene glycol based, with at least about 80% or 90% by weight of the polymer comprising polyethylene oxide repeats.
- the polyethers and more particularly poly (oxyalkylenes) or poly (ethylene glycol) or polyethylene glycol are generally hydrophilic.
- PEG is used to refer to PEO with or without hydroxyl end groups.
- a precursor may also be a macromolecule (or macromer), which is a molecule having a molecular weight in the range of a thousand to many millions.
- the hydrogel may be made with at least one of the precursors as a small molecule of about 1000 Da or less (alternatively: 2000 Da or less).
- the macromolecule when reacted in combination with a small molecule (of about 1000 Da or less/200 Da or less), is preferably at least five to fifty times greater in molecular weight than the small molecule and is preferably less than about 60,000 Da; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated.
- a more preferred range is a macromolecule that is about seven to about thirty times greater in molecular weight than the crosslinker and a most preferred range is about ten to twenty times difference in weight. Further, a macromolecular molecular weight of 5,000 to 50,000 is useful, as is a molecular weight of 7,000 to 40,000 or a molecular weight of 10,000 to 20,000. There are certain advantage to having a small molecule, such as diffusivity for completion of reactions.
- macromeric precursors are the crosslinkable, biodegradable, water-soluble macromers described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,410,016 to Hubbell et al, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety to the extent it does not contradict what is explicitly disclosed. These macromers are characterized by having at least two polymerizable groups, separated by at least one degradable region.
- Synthetic precursors may be used. Synthetic refers to a molecule not found in nature or not normally found in a human. Some synthetic precursors are free of amino acids or free of amino acid sequences that occur in nature. Some synthetic precursors are polypeptides that are not found in nature or are not normally found in a human body, e.g., di-, tri-, or tetra-lysine. Some synthetic molecules have amino acid residues but only have one, two, or three that are contiguous, with the amino acids or clusters thereof being separated by non-natural polymers or groups. Polysaccharides or their derivatives are thus not synthetic.
- natural proteins or polysaccharides may be adapted for use with these methods, e.g., collagens, fibrin(ogen)s, albumins, alginates, hyaluronic acid, and heparins.
- These natural molecules may further include chemical derivitization, e.g., synthetic polymer decorations.
- the natural molecule may be crosslinked via its native nucleophiles or after it is derivatized with functional groups, e.g., as in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,304,595, 5,324,775, 6,371,975, and 7,129,210, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference to the extent it does not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein. Natural refers to a molecule found in nature.
- Natural polymers for example proteins or glycosaminoglycans, e.g., collagen, fibrinogen, albumin, and fibrin, may be crosslinked using reactive precursor species with electrophilic functional groups. Natural polymers normally found in the body are proteolytically degraded by proteases present in the body. Such polymers may be reacted via functional groups such as amines, thiols, or carboxyls on their amino acids or derivatized to have activatable functional groups. While natural polymers may be used in hydrogels, their time to gelation and ultimate mechanical properties must be controlled by appropriate introduction of additional functional groups and selection of suitable reaction conditions, e.g., pH.
- suitable reaction conditions e.g., pH.
- Precursors may be made with a hydrophobic portion provided that the resultant hydrogel retains the requisite amount of water, e.g., at least about 20%. In some cases, the precursor is nonetheless soluble in water because it also has a hydrophilic portion. In other cases, the precursor makes dispersion in the water (a suspension) but is nonetheless reactable to from a crosslinked material.
- Some hydrophobic portions may include a plurality of alkyls, polypropylenes, alkyl chains, or other groups. Some precursors with hydrophobic portions are sold under the trade names PLURONIC F68, JEFFAMINE, or TECTRONIC.
- a hydrophobic molecule or a hydrophobic portion of a copolymer or the like is one that is sufficiently hydrophobic to cause the molecule (e.g., polymer or copolymer) to aggregate to form micelles or microphases involving the hydrophobic domains in an aqueous continuous phase or one that, when tested by itself, is sufficiently hydrophobic to precipitate from, or otherwise change phase while within, an aqueous solution of water at pH from about 7 to about 7.5 at temperatures from about 30 to about 50 degrees Centigrade.
- Embodiments of the invention include choosing a low-solubility agent or agent with other solubility as set forth herein and choosing a precursor that comprises hydrophobic and hydrophilic portions.
- the hydrophobic/hydrophilic precursor may comprise one or more functional groups: nucleophiles or electrophiles.
- the hydrophilic portion, the hydrophobic portion, or both, may be chosen to receive such functional groups.
- Precursors may have, e.g., 2-100 arms, with each arm having a terminus, bearing in mind that some precursors may be dendrimers or other highly branched materials.
- An arm on a hydrogel precursor refers to a linear chain of chemical groups that connect a crosslinkable functional group to a polymer core. Some embodiments are precursors with between 3 and 300 arms; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g., 4 to 16, 8 to 100, or at least 6 arms.
- hydrogels can be made, e.g., from a multi-armed precursor with a first set of functional groups and a low molecular-weight precursor having a second set of functional groups.
- a six-armed or eight-armed precursor may have hydrophilic arms, e.g., polyethylene glycol, terminated with primary amines, with the molecular weight of the arms being about 1,000 to about 40,000; artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values within the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated.
- Such precursors may be mixed with relatively smaller precursors, for example, molecules with a molecular weight of between about 100 and about 5000, or no more than about 800, 1000, 2000, or 5000 having at least about three functional groups, or between about 3 to about 16 functional groups; ordinary artisans will appreciate that all ranges and values between these explicitly articulated values are contemplated.
- Such small molecules may be polymers or non-polymers and natural or synthetic.
- Dendritic molecules are highly branched radially symmetrical polymers in which the atoms are arranged in many arms and subarms radiating out from a central core. Dendrimers are characterized by their degree of structural perfection as based on the evaluation of both symmetry and polydispersity and require particular chemical processes to synthesize. Accordingly, an artisan can readily distinguish dendrimer precursors from non-dendrimer precursors. Dendrimers have a shape that is typically dependent on the solubility of its component polymers in a given environment, and can change substantially according to the solvent or solutes around it, e.g., changes in temperature, pH, or ion content.
- Precursors may be dendrimers, e.g., as in U.S. Publication Nos. 2004/0086479 and 2004/0131582 and PCT Publication Nos. WO07005249, WO07001926 and WO06031358, or the U.S. counterparts thereof; dendrimers may also be useful as multifunctional precursors, e.g., as in U.S. Publication Nos. 2004/0131582 and 2004/0086479 and PCT Publication Nos. WO06031388 and WO06031388; each of which US and PCT applications are hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety to the extent they do not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein. Dendrimers are highly ordered possess high surface area to volume ratios, and exhibit numerous end groups for potential functionalization. Embodiments include multifunctional precursors that are not dendrimers.
- Some embodiments include a precursor that consists essentially of an oligopeptide sequence of no more than five residues, e.g., amino acids comprising at least one amine, thiol, carboxyl, or hydroxyl side chain.
- a residue is an amino acid, either as occurring in nature or derivatized thereof.
- the backbone of such an oligopeptide may be natural or synthetic.
- peptides of two or more amino acids are combined with a synthetic backbone to make a precursor; certain embodiments of such precursors have a molecular weight in the range of about 100 to about 10,000 or about 300 to about 500 Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between these explicitly articulated bounds are contemplated.
- Precursors may be prepared to be free of amino acid sequences cleavable by enzymes present at the site of introduction, including free of sequences susceptible to attach by metalloproteinases and/or collagenases. Further, precursors may be made to be free of all amino acids, or free of amino acid sequences of more than about 50, 30, 20, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 amino acids. Precursors may be non-proteins, meaning that they are not a naturally occurring protein and cannot be made by cleaving a naturally occurring protein and cannot be made by adding synthetic materials to a protein.
- Precursors may be non-collagen, non-fibrin, non-fibrinogen, and non-albumin, meaning that they are not one of these proteins and are not chemical derivatives of one of these proteins.
- the use of non-protein precursors and limited use of amino acid sequences can be helpful for avoiding immune reactions, avoiding unwanted cell recognition, and avoiding the hazards associated with using proteins derived from natural sources.
- Precursors can also be non-saccharides (free of saccharides) or essentially non-saccharides (free of more than about 5% saccharides by w/w of the precursor molecular weight.
- a precursor may, for example, exclude hyaluronic acid, heparin, or gellan.
- Precursors can also be both non-proteins and non-saccharides.
- Peptides may be used as precursors. In general, peptides with less than about 10 residues are preferred, although larger sequences (e.g., proteins) may be used. Artisans will immediately appreciate that every range and value within these explicit bounds is included, e.g., 1-10, 2-9, 3-10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7.
- Some amino acids have nucleophilic groups (e.g., primary amines or thiols) or groups that can be derivatized as needed to incorporate nucleophilic groups or electrophilic groups (e.g., carboxyls or hydroxyls).
- Polyamino acid polymers generated synthetically are normally considered to be synthetic if they are not found in nature and are engineered not to be identical to naturally occurring biomolecules.
- Some hydrogels are made with a polyethylene glycol-containing precursor.
- Polyethylene glycol PEG, also referred to as polyethylene oxide when occurring in a high molecular weight
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- a polymeric precursor having a polyethylene glycol thus has at least three of these repeat groups connected to each other in a linear series.
- the polyethylene glycol content of a polymer or arm is calculated by adding up all of the polyethylene glycol groups on the polymer or arm, even if they are interrupted by other groups.
- an arm having at least 1000 MW polyethylene glycol has enough CH 2 CH 2 O groups to total at least 1000 MW.
- a polyethylene glycol polymer does not necessarily refer to a molecule that terminates in a hydroxyl group.
- Molecular weights are abbreviated in thousands using the symbol k, e.g., with 15 K meaning 15,000 molecular weight, i.e., 15,000 Daltons. Molecular weights expressed herein are number average molecular weights unless otherwise specified.
- NH 2 refers to an amine termination.
- SG refers to succinimidyl glutarate.
- SS refers to succinimidyl succinate.
- SAP refers to succinimidyl adipate.
- SAZ refers to succinimidyl azelate.
- SS, SG, SAP and SAZ succinimidyl esters that have an ester group that degrades by hydrolysis in water.
- Hydrolytically degradable or water-degradable thus refers to a material that would spontaneously degrade in vitro in an excess of water without any enzymes or cells present to mediate the degradation.
- a time for degradation refers to effective disappearance of the material as judged by the naked eye.
- Trilysine also abbreviated LLL
- PEG and/or hydrogels, as well as compositions that comprise the same, may be provided in a form that is pharmaceutically acceptable, meaning that it is highly purified and free of contaminants, e.g., pyrogens.
- the hydrogel's structure and the material composition of the hydrogel's precursors determine its properties.
- Precursor factors include properties such as biocompatibility, water solubility, hydrophilicity, molecular weight, arm length, number of arms, functional groups, distance between crosslinks, degradability, and the like.
- the choice of reaction conditions also effects the hydrogel's structure and properties, including choices of solvents, reaction schemes, reactant concentrations, solids content, and the like.
- some properties are in tension with each other, for instance brittleness may increase as a distance between crosslinks or solids content increases. Strength may be increased by increasing the number of crosslinks but swelling may thereby be reduced.
- Artisans will appreciate that the same materials may be used to make matrices with a great range of structures that will have highly distinct mechanical properties and performance, such that the achievement of a particular property should not be merely assumed based on the general types of precursors that are involved.
- the spacing between molecular strands of the hydrogel affects several hydrogel properties, including a rate of diffusion of molecules.
- the crosslinking density can be controlled by the choice of the overall molecular weight of the precursor(s) used as crosslinker(s) and other precursor(s) and the number of functional groups available per precursor molecule.
- crosslinks such as 200 will give much higher crosslinking density as compared to a higher molecular weight between crosslinks such as 500,000; artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values within this range are contemplated and supported, e.g., 200 to 250,000, 500 to 400,000, 5,000, 10,000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, 50,000, 60,000, 70,000, 80,000, 90,000, 100,000, and so forth.
- the crosslinking density also may be controlled by the overall percent solids of the crosslinker and functional polymer solutions.
- Yet another method to control crosslink density is by adjusting the stoichiometry of nucleophilic functional groups to electrophilic functional groups. A one to one ratio leads to the highest crosslink density.
- Precursors with longer distances between crosslinkable sites form gels that are generally softer, more compliant, and more elastic.
- an increased length of a water-soluble segment such as a polyethylene glycol, tends to enhance elasticity to produce desirable physical properties.
- certain embodiments are directed to precursors with water soluble segments having molecular weights in the range of 2,000 to 100,000; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g. 5,000 to 35,000.
- the solids content of the hydrogel can affect its mechanical properties and biocompatibility and reflects a balance between competing requirements.
- a relatively low solids content is useful, e.g., between about 2.5% to about 20%, including all ranges and values there between, e.g., about 2.5% to about 10%, about 5% to about 15%, or less than about 15%.
- hydrogels One way to construct the materials so that the delay is controlled or minimized is to design the hydrogels with different rates of diffusion for the agent. Often the molecular weight (MW) of the agent is the controlling variable.
- MW molecular weight
- hydrogel properties to diffusion include the free volume theory, the hydrodynamic theory, the obstruction theory, combination theories, and parameters such as mesh size, sieving terms, distributions of openings between chains, and so forth (Amsden, Macromolecules (1998) 31:8382-8395). In practice, however, hydrogels can be made with various distances between their crosslinks and tested for a particular molecule to create a hydrogel that provides a desired diffusion rate.
- a distance between crosslinks that is large compared to the molecule's size provides for a high rate of diffusion
- a distance between crosslinks that is small compared to the molecule's size provides for a slow diffusion
- a distance between crosslinks that is smaller than the molecule provides for essentially no diffusion.
- a molecule's molecular weight is generally a useful measure of it size. There are other factors that can be important and these can be accounted for when creating the hydrogel: for instance, interactions between the molecule and the hydrogel, such as affinity or charge-charge, and solvent effects such as hydrophobicity of the molecule.
- Reaction kinetics are generally controlled in light of the particular functional groups unless an external initiator or chain transfer agent is required, in which case triggering the initiator or manipulating the transfer agent can be a controlling step.
- the molecular weights of the precursors are used to affect reaction times. Precursors with lower molecular weights tend to speed the reaction, so that some embodiments have at least one precursor with a molecular weight of at least 5,000 to 50,000 or 150,000 Daltons.
- the crosslinking reaction leading to gelation occurs within about 0.1 to about 10 or to about 30 minutes; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g., at least 120 seconds, or between 5 to 600 seconds, e.g., 5, 10, 30, 60, 100, 200, 300 seconds.
- Gelation time is measured by applying the precursors to a flat surface and determining the time at which there is substantially no flow down the surface when it is titled at an angle of about 60 degrees (i.e., a steep angle, close to perpendicular).
- the hydrogel is generally low-swelling, as measurable by the hydrogel having a weight increasing no more than about 0% to about 10% or to about 50% upon exposure to a physiological solution for twenty-four hours relative to a weight of the hydrogel at the time of formation.
- One embodiment for reducing swelling is to increase the number of crosslinks, bearing in mind, however, that crosslinks can increase rigidity or brittleness.
- Another embodiment is to reduce the average chain distance between crosslinks.
- Another embodiment is to use precursors with many arms, as explained below.
- Another embodiment to reduce swelling is to control the degree of hydrophilicity, with less hydrophilic materials tending to swell less; for instance, highly hydrophilic materials such as PEOs can be combined with less hydrophilic materials such as PPO or even hydrophobic groups such as alkyls.
- Another embodiment to reduce swelling is to choose precursors that have a high degree of solvation at the time of crosslinking but subsequently become less solvated and having a radius of solvation that effectively shrinks; in other words, the precursor is spread-out in solution when crosslinked but later contracts.
- Changes to pH, temperature, solids concentration, and solvent environment can cause such changes; moreover, an increase in the number of branches (with other factors being held effectively constant) will tend to also have this effect.
- the number of arms are believed to stericly hinder each other so that they spread-out before crosslinking, but these steric effects are offset by other factors after polymerization.
- precursors have a plurality of similar charges so as to achieve these effects, e.g., a plurality of functional groups having a negative charge, or a plurality of arms each having a positive charge, or each arm having a functional group of similar charges before crosslinking or other reaction.
- Hydrogels described herein can include hydrogels that swell minimally after deposition.
- Such medical low-swellable hydrogels may have a weight upon polymerization that increases no more than, e.g., about 50%, about 10%, about 5%, about 0% by weight upon reaching an equilibrium water content upon exposure to a physiological solution, or that shrink (decrease in weight and volume), e.g., by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, or more.
- a weight upon polymerization that increases no more than, e.g., about 50%, about 10%, about 5%, about 0% by weight upon reaching an equilibrium water content upon exposure to a physiological solution, or that shrink (decrease in weight and volume), e.g., by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, or more.
- swelling of a hydrogel relates to its change in volume (or weight) between the time of its formation when crosslinking is effectively complete and the time after being placed in vitro a physiological solution in an unconstrained state for twenty-four hours, at which point it may be reasonably assumed to have achieved its equilibrium swelling state.
- the maximum weight may be used instead of a 24-hour weight, e.g., as measured by taking successive measurements.
- the weight of the hydrogel includes the weight of the solution in the hydrogel.
- a hydrogel formed in a location wherein it is constrained is not necessarily a low-swelling hydrogel.
- a swellable hydrogel created in a body may be constrained from swelling by its surroundings but nonetheless may be a highly swellable hydrogel as evidenced by measurements of its swelling when unconstrained and/or the forces against a constraint.
- the precursors for covalent crosslinking have functional groups that react with each other to form the material via covalent bonds, either outside a patient, or in situ.
- the functional groups generally are polymerizable, a broad category that encompasses free radical, addition, and condensation polymerization and also groups for electrophile-nucleophile reactions. Various aspects of polymerization reactions are discussed in the precursors section herein.
- precursors have a polymerizable group that is activated by photoinitiation or redox systems as used in the polymerization arts, or electrophilic functional groups, for instance: carbodiimidazole, sulfonyl chloride, chlorocarbonates, n-hydroxysuccinimidyl ester, succinimidyl ester or sulfasuccinimidyl esters, or as in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,410,016 or 6,149,931, each of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety to the extent they do not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein.
- the nucleophilic functional groups may be, for example, amine, hydroxyl, carboxyl, and thiol.
- Another class of electrophiles are acyls, e.g., as in U.S. Pat. No. 6,958,212, which describes, among other things, Michael addition schemes for reacting polymers.
- Certain functional groups such as alcohols or carboxylic acids, do not normally react with other functional groups, such as amines, under physiological conditions (e.g., pH 7.2-11.0, 37° C.). However, such functional groups can be made more reactive by using an activating group such as N-hydroxysuccinimide.
- Certain activating groups include carbonyldiimidazole, sulfonyl chloride, aryl halides, sulfosuccinimidyl esters, N-hydroxysuccinimidyl ester, succinimidyl ester, epoxide, aldehyde, maleimides, imidoesters and the like.
- N-hydroxysuccinimide esters or N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide (NHS) groups are useful groups for crosslinking of proteins or amine-containing polymers, e.g., amino terminated polyethylene glycol.
- An advantage of an NHS-amine reaction is that the reaction kinetics are favorable, but the gelation rate may be adjusted through pH or concentration.
- the NHS-amine crosslinking reaction leads to formation of N-hydroxysuccinimide as a side product. Sulfonated or ethoxylated forms of N-hydroxysuccinimide have a relatively increased solubility in water and hence their rapid clearance from the body.
- An NHS-amine crosslinking reaction may be carried out in aqueous solutions and in the presence of buffers, e.g., phosphate buffer (pH 5.0-7.5), triethanolamine buffer (pH 7.5-9.0), or borate buffer (pH 9.0-12), or sodium bicarbonate buffer (pH 9.0-10.0).
- buffers e.g., phosphate buffer (pH 5.0-7.5), triethanolamine buffer (pH 7.5-9.0), or borate buffer (pH 9.0-12), or sodium bicarbonate buffer (pH 9.0-10.0).
- Aqueous solutions of NHS based crosslinkers and functional polymers preferably are made just before the crosslinking reaction due to reaction of NHS groups with water. The reaction rate of these groups may be delayed by keeping these solutions at lower pH (pH 4-7). Buffers may also be included in the hydrogels introduced into a body.
- each precursor comprises only nucleophilic or only electrophilic functional groups, so long as both nucleophilic and electrophilic precursors are used in the crosslinking reaction.
- the functional polymer may have electrophilic functional groups such as N-hydroxysuccinimides.
- the functional polymer may have nucleophilic functional groups such as amines or thiols.
- functional polymers such as proteins, poly(allyl amine), or amine-terminated di- or multifunctional poly(ethylene glycol) can be used.
- One embodiment has reactive precursor species with 2 to 16 nucleophilic functional groups each and reactive precursor species with 2 to 16 electrophilic functional groups each; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, for instance 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 groups.
- the functional groups may be, e.g., electrophiles reactable with nucleophiles, groups reactable with specific nucleophiles, e.g., primary amines, groups that form amide bonds with materials in the biological fluids, groups that form amide bonds with carboxyls, activated-acid functional groups, or a combination of the same.
- the functional groups may be, e.g., a strong electrophilic functional group, meaning an electrophilic functional group that effectively forms a covalent bond with a primary amine in aqueous solution at pH 9.0 at room temperature and pressure and/or an electrophilic group that reacts by a of Michael-type reaction.
- the strong electrophile may be of a type that does not participate in a Michaels-type reaction or of a type that participates in a Michaels-type reaction.
- a Michael-type reaction refers to the 1, 4 addition reaction of a nucleophile on a conjugate unsaturated system.
- the addition mechanism could be purely polar, or proceed through a radical-like intermediate state(s); Lewis acids or appropriately designed hydrogen bonding species can act as catalysts.
- the term conjugation can refer both to alternation of carbon-carbon, carbon-heteroatom or heteroatom-heteroatom multiple bonds with single bonds, or to the linking of a functional group to a macromolecule, such as a synthetic polymer or a protein.
- Michael-type reactions are discussed in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 6,958,212, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety for all purposes to the extent it does not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein.
- Examples of strong electrophiles that do not participate in a Michaels-type reaction are: succinimides, succinimidyl esters, or NHS-esters.
- Examples of Michael-type electrophiles are acrylates, methacrylates, methylmethacrylates, and other unsaturated polymerizable groups.
- An initiator group is a chemical group capable of initiating a free radical polymerization reaction. For instance, it may be present as a separate component, or as a pendent group on a precursor.
- Initiator groups include thermal initiators, photoactivatable initiators, and oxidation-reduction (redox) systems.
- Long wave UV and visible light photoactivatable initiators include, for example, ethyl eosin groups, 2, 2-dimethoxy-2-phenyl acetophenone groups, other acetophenone derivatives, thioxanthone groups, benzophenone groups, and camphorquinone groups.
- thermally reactive initiators examples include 4, 4′ azobis (4-cyanopentanoic acid) groups, and analogs of benzoyl peroxide groups.
- thermally reactive initiators include 4, 4′ azobis (4-cyanopentanoic acid) groups, and analogs of benzoyl peroxide groups.
- Several commercially available low temperature free radical initiators, such as V-044, available from Wako Chemicals USA, Inc., Richmond, Va., may be used to initiate free radical crosslinking reactions at body temperatures to form hydrogel coatings with the aforementioned monomers.
- Metal ions may be used either as an oxidizer or a reductant in redox initiating systems.
- ferrous ions may be used in combination with a peroxide or hydroperoxide to initiate polymerization, or as parts of a polymerization system. In this case, the ferrous ions would serve as a reductant.
- metal ions may serve as an oxidant.
- the ceric ion (4+ valence state of cerium) interacts with various organic groups, including carboxylic acids and urethanes, to remove an electron to the metal ion, and leave an initiating radical behind on the organic group. In such a system, the metal ion acts as an oxidizer.
- metal ions for either role are any of the transition metal ions, lanthanides and actinides, which have at least two readily accessible oxidation states. Particularly useful metal ions have at least two states separated by only one difference in charge. Of these, the most commonly used are ferric/ferrous; cupric/cuprous; ceric/cerous; cobaltic/cobaltous; vanadate V vs. IV; permanganate; and manganic/manganous.
- Peroxygen containing compounds such as peroxides and hydroperoxides, including hydrogen peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, t-butyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, cumyl peroxide may be used.
- an initiating system is the combination of a peroxygen compound in one solution, and a reactive ion, such as a transition metal, in another.
- a reactive ion such as a transition metal
- Precursors for making hydrogels and/or hydrogels made from precursors may be free of one or more of: initiators, photoactivable groups, and visualization agents, imaging agents.
- a visualization agent may be present in the hydrogel; it reflects or emits light at a wavelength detectable to a human eye so that a user applying the hydrogel could observe the object when it contains an effective amount of the agent.
- Chemicals that require a machine aid for imaging are referred to as imaging agents herein, and examples include: radioopaque contrast agents and ultrasound contrast agents.
- Some biocompatible visualization agents are FD&C BLUE #1, FD&C BLUE #2, and methylene blue.
- These agents are preferably present in the final electrophilic-nucleophilic reactive precursor species mix at a concentration of more than 0.05 mg/ml and preferably in a concentration range of at least 0.1 to about 12 mg/ml, and more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 4.0 mg/ml, although greater concentrations may potentially be used, up to the limit of solubility of the visualization agent.
- Visualization agents may be covalently linked to the molecular network of the xerogel/hydrogel, thus preserving visualization after application to a patient until the hydrogel hydrolyzes to dissolution.
- Visualization agents may be selected from among any of the various non-toxic colored substances suitable for use in medical implantable medical devices, such as FD&C BLUE dyes 3 and 6, eosin, methylene blue, indocyanine green, or colored dyes normally found in synthetic surgical sutures.
- Reactive imaging agents such as NHS-fluorescein can be incorporated into the molecular network of the xerogel/hydrogel. Fluorescein is typically an imaging agent unless indicated as being in sufficient concentrations to be visualized without machine aid.
- the visualization agent may be present with either reactive precursor species, e.g., a crosslinker or functional polymer solution.
- the preferred colored substance may or may not become chemically bound to the hydrogel.
- An hydrogel may be formed so that, upon hydration in physiological solution, a hydrogel is formed that is water-degradable, as measurable by the hydrogel losing its mechanical strength and eventually dissipating in vitro in an excess of water by hydrolytic degradation of water-degradable groups.
- This test is predictive of hydrolytically-driven dissolution in vivo, a process that is in contrast to cell or protease-driven degradation.
- polyanhydrides or other conventionally-used degradable materials that degrade to acidic components tend to cause inflammation in tissues.
- the hydrogels may exclude such materials, and may be free of polyanhydrides, anhydride bonds, and/or free of precursors that degrade into acid or diacids, and/or free of PLA, PLGA, PLA/PLGA.
- electrophilic groups such as SG (N-hydroxysuccinimidyl glutarate), SS (N-hydroxysuccinimidyl succinate), SC (N-hydroxysuccinimidyl carbonate), SAP (N-hydroxysuccinimidyl adipate) or SAZ (N-hydroxysuccinimidyl azelate) may be used and have esteric linkages that are hydrolytically labile. More linear hydrophobic linkages such as pimelate, suberate, azelate or sebacate linkages may also be used, with these linkages being less degradable than succinate, glutarate or adipate linkages. Branched, cyclic or other hydrophobic linkages may also be used.
- Polyethylene glycols and other precursors may be prepared with these groups.
- the crosslinked hydrogel degradation may proceed by the water-driven hydrolysis of the biodegradable segment when water-degradable materials are used.
- Polymers that include ester linkages may also be included to provide a desired degradation rate, with groups being added or subtracted near the esters to increase or decrease the rate of degradation.
- a hydrogel with a desired degradation profile from a few days to many months, using a degradable segment. If polyglycolate is used as the biodegradable segment, for instance, a crosslinked polymer could be made to degrade in about 1 to about 30 days depending on the crosslinking density of the network.
- a polycaprolactone based crosslinked network can be made to degrade in about 1 to about 8 months.
- the degradation time generally varies according to the type of degradable segment used, in the following order: polyglycolate ⁇ polylactate ⁇ polytrimethylene carbonate ⁇ polycaprolactone.
- Some embodiments include precursors that are free of adjacent ester groups and/or have no more than one ester group per arm on one or more of the precursors: control of the number and position of the esters can assist in uniform degradation of the hydrogel.
- a biodegradable linkage in the organogel and/or xerogel and/or hydrogel and/or precursor may be water-degradable or enzymatically degradable.
- Illustrative water-degradable biodegradable linkages include polymers, copolymers and oligomers of glycolide, dl-lactide, 1-lactide, dioxanone, esters, carbonates, and trimethylene carbonate.
- Illustrative enzymatically biodegradable linkages include peptidic linkages cleavable by metalloproteinases and collagenases.
- biodegradable linkages include polymers and copolymers of poly(hydroxy acid)s, poly(orthocarbonate)s, poly(anhydride)s, poly(lactone)s, poly(aminoacid)s, poly(carbonate)s, and poly(phosphonate)s.
- biodegradable linkages or just one biodegradable linkage, for example an ester
- the biodegradable linkage optionally also may serve as the water soluble core of one or more of the precursors used to make the matrix.
- biodegradable linkages may be chosen such that the resulting biodegradable biocompatible crosslinked polymer will degrade or be absorbed in a desired period of time.
- the eye is a very sensitive organ.
- the inventors observed that fragmentation of biodegradable implants in the eye was a particular factor that was contradicting biocompatibility. Besides its sensitivity, the interior of the eye is a small space such that the agent has to be present at a high concentrations if an extended time of release is a goal. It is believed, without being bound to a single theory, that, in this environment in particular, the presence of the drug when implants reached a stage of becoming fragmented is exacerbating bio-responses to the materials.
- the macrophages can begin to recognize the drug as a foreign substance when the fragments are cell-sized or bacterial-sized. Biologic drugs tend to provoke this response, but even small molecule drugs are believed to have an unwanted enhancing effect. Therefore, instead of minimizing persistence of the implant, embodiments include hydrogels with an extended persistence time that enhances biocompatibility. The persistence time may be extended until the agent, or agents, in the hydrogel are fully released. This approach enhances biocompatibility.
- Therapeutic agents include, for example, agents for treating conditions that may result from inflammatory or abnormal vascular conditions, retinal vein occlusion, geographic atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, retinoblastoma, etc.
- agents may be, e.g., anti-cancer drugs, anti-VEGFs, or drugs known for use in cancer treatment.
- Therapeutic agents may be those that are, e.g., anti-VEGF, blocks VEGFR1, blocks VEGFR2, blocks VEGFR3, anti-PDGF, anti-angiogenesis, Sunitinib, E7080, Takeda-6d, Tivozanib, Regorafenib, Sorafenib, Pazopanib, Axitinib, Nintedanib, Cediranib, Vatalanib, Motesanib, macrolides, sirolimus, everolimus, tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs), Imatinib (GLEEVAC) gefinitib (IRESSA), toceranib (PALLADIA), Erlotinib (TARCEVA), Lapatinib (TYKERB) Nilotinib, Bosutinib Neratinib, lapatinib, Vatalanib, dasatinib, erlotinib, gefitinib, imatinib, lapatini
- the therapeutic agent may comprise a macromolecule, for example an antibody or antibody fragment.
- the therapeutic macromolecule may comprise a VEGF inhibitor, for example ranibizumab, the active ingredient in the commercially available LucentisTM.
- the VEGF (Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor) inhibitor can cause regression of the abnormal blood vessels and improvement of vision when released into the vitreous humor of the eye.
- VEGF inhibitors include LucentisTM (ranibizumab), EyleaTM (aflibercept or VEGF Trap), AvastinTM (bevacizumab), MacugenTM (pegaptanib).
- Platelet derived growth factor (PDGF) inhibitors may also be delivered, e.g. FovistaTM, an anti-PGDF aptamer.
- the therapeutic agent may comprise small molecules such as of a steroid or corticosteroid and analogues thereof.
- the therapeutic corticosteroid may comprise one or more of trimacinalone, trimacinalone acetonide, dexamethasone, dexamethasone acetate, fluocinolone, fluocinolone acetate, loteprednol etabonate, or analogues thereof.
- the small molecules of therapeutic agent may comprise a tyrosine kinase inhibitor.
- the therapeutic agent may comprise an anti-VEGF therapeutic agent.
- Anti-VEGF therapies and agents can be used in the treatment of certain cancers and in age-related macular degeneration.
- anti-VEGF therapeutic agents suitable for use in accordance with the embodiments described herein include one or more of monoclonal antibodies such as bevacizumab (AvastinTM) or antibody derivatives such as ranibizumab (LucentisTM), or small molecules that inhibit the tyrosine kinases stimulated by VEGF such as lapatinib (TykerbTM), sunitinib (SutentTM) sorafenib (NexavarTM), axitinib, or pazopanib.
- the therapeutic agent may comprise a therapeutic agent suitable for treatment of dry AMD such as one or more of SirolimusTM (Rapamycin), CopaxoneTM (Glatiramer Acetate), OtheraTM Complement C5aR blocker, Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor, Fenretinide or Rheopheresis.
- a therapeutic agent suitable for treatment of dry AMD such as one or more of SirolimusTM (Rapamycin), CopaxoneTM (Glatiramer Acetate), OtheraTM Complement C5aR blocker, Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor, Fenretinide or Rheopheresis.
- the therapeutic agent may comprise a therapeutic agent suitable for treatment of wet AMD such as one or more of REDD14NP (Quark), SirolimusTM (Rapamycin), ATG003; RegeneronTM (VEGF Trap) or complement inhibitor (POT-4).
- the therapeutic agent may comprise a kinase inhibitor such as one or more of BIBW 2992 (small molecule targeting EGFR/Erb2), imatinib (small molecule), trastuzumab (monoclonal antibody), gefitinib (small molecule), ranibizumab (monoclonal antibody), pegaptanib (small molecule), sorafenib (small molecule), dasatinib (small molecule), sunitinib (small molecule), erlotinib (small molecule), nilotinib (small molecule), lapatinib (small molecule), panitumumab (monoclonal antibody), vandetanib (small molecule) or E7080 (small molecule commercially available from Esai, Co.)
- BIBW 2992 small molecule targeting EGFR/Erb2
- imatinib small molecule
- trastuzumab monoclonal antibody
- gefitinib small
- Therapeutic agents may include various classes of drugs.
- Drugs include, for instance, steroids, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS), anti-cancer drugs, antibiotics, an anti-inflammatory (e.g., Diclofenac), a pain reliever (e.g., Bupivacaine), a Calcium channel blocker (e.g., Nifedipine), an Antibiotic (e.g., Ciprofloxacin), a Cell cycle inhibitor (e.g., Simvastatin), a protein (e.g., Insulin).
- Therapeutic agents include classes of drugs including steroids, NSAIDS, antibiotics, pain relievers, inhibitors of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), chemotherapeutics, anti-viral drugs, for instance.
- VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
- NSAIDS examples include Ibuprofen, Meclofenamate sodium, mefanamic acid, salsalate, sulindac, tolmetin sodium, ketoprofen, diflunisal, piroxicam, naproxen, etodolac, flurbiprofen, fenoprofen calcium, Indomethacin, celoxib, ketrolac, and nepafenac.
- steroids examples include flunisolide (solubility 90 ⁇ g/mL), betamethasone sodium phosphate (freely soluble in water), budesonide (30 ⁇ g/mL, and triamcinolone acetonide (20 ⁇ g/mL).
- the drugs themselves may be small molecules, proteins, RNA fragments, proteins, glycosaminoglycans, carbohydrates, nucleic acid, inorganic and organic biologically active compounds where specific biologically active agents include but are not limited to: enzymes, antibiotics, antineoplastic agents, local anesthetics, hormones, angiogenic agents, anti-angiogenic agents, growth factors, antibodies, neurotransmitters, psychoactive drugs, anticancer drugs, chemotherapeutic drugs, drugs affecting reproductive organs, genes, and oligonucleotides, or other configurations.
- specific biologically active agents include but are not limited to: enzymes, antibiotics, antineoplastic agents, local anesthetics, hormones, angiogenic agents, anti-angiogenic agents, growth factors, antibodies, neurotransmitters, psychoactive drugs, anticancer drugs, chemotherapeutic drugs, drugs affecting reproductive organs, genes, and oligonucleotides, or other configurations.
- Therapeutic agents may include a protein or other water soluble biologics. These include peptides and proteins.
- protein refers to peptides of at least about 5000 Daltons.
- peptide refers to peptides of any size.
- oligopeptide refers to peptides having a mass of up to about 5000 Daltons.
- Peptides include therapeutic proteins and peptides, antibodies, antibody fragments, short chain variable fragments (scFv), growth factors, angiogenic factors, and insulin.
- Other water soluble biologics are carbohydrates, polysaccharides, nucleic acids, antisense nucleic acids, RNA, DNA, small interfering RNA (siRNA), and aptamers.
- the therapeutic agents may be used as part of a method of treating the indicated condition or making a composition for treating the indicated condition.
- AZOPT a brinzolamide opthalmic suspension
- BETADINE in a Povidone-iodine ophthalmic solution may be used for prepping of the periocular region and irrigation of the ocular surface.
- BETOPTIC be used to lower intraocular pressure, or for chronic open-angle glaucoma and/or ocular hypertension.
- CILOXAN Cosmetic HCl opthalmic solution
- NATACYN Nonamycin opthalmic suspension
- NEVANAC Nonfenac opthalmic suspension
- TRAVATAN Travoprost ophthalmic solution
- TRAVATAN Travoprost ophthalmic solution
- FML FORTE Fluorometholone ophthalmic suspension
- LUMIGAN Breastmatoprost ophthalmic solution
- PRED FORTE Prednisolone acetate
- PROPINE Diapivefrin hydrochloride
- RESTASIS Closporine ophthalmic emulsion
- ALREX Liteprednol etabonate ophthalmic suspension
- LOTEMAX Liteprednol etabonate ophthalmic suspension
- MACUGEN Pegaptanib sodium injection
- OPTIVAR (Azelastine hydrochloride) may be used for treatment of itching of the eye associated with allergic conjunctivitis.
- XALATAN Latanoprost ophthalmic solution
- BETIMOL Temolol opthalmic solution
- Latanoprost is the pro-drug of the free acid form, which is a prostanoid selective FP receptor agonist.
- Latanoprost reduces intraocular pressure in glaucoma patients with few side effects.
- Latanoprost has a relatively low solubility in aqueous solutions, but is readily soluble in organic solvents typically employed for fabrication of microspheres using solvent evaporation.
- therapeutic agents for delivery include those that specifically bind a target peptide in vivo to prevent the interaction of the target peptide with its natural receptor or other ligands.
- AVASTIN for instance, contains bevacizumab, which is an antibody that binds VEGF.
- AFLIBERCEPT is a fusion protein that includes portions of a VEGF receptor to trap VEGF.
- An IL-1 trap that makes use of the extracellular domains of IL-1 receptors is also known; the trap blocks IL-1 from binding and activating receptors on the surface of cells.
- agents for delivery include nucleic acids, e.g., aptamers.
- Pegaptanib (MACUGEN), for example, is a pegylated anti-VEGF aptamer.
- Fovista is a pegylated anti-PDGF aptamer.
- An advantage of the particle-and-hydrogel delivery process is that the aptamers are protected from the in vivo environment until they are released.
- agents for delivery include macromolecular drugs, a term that refers to drugs that are significantly larger than classical small molecule drugs, i.e., drugs such as oligonucleotides (aptamers, antisense, RNAi), ribozymes, gene therapy nucleic acids, recombinant peptides, and antibodies.
- One embodiment comprises extended release of a medication for allergic conjunctivitis.
- a medication for allergic conjunctivitis For instance, ketotifen, an antihistamine and mast cell stabilizer, may be provided in particles and released to the eye as described herein in effective amounts to treat allergic conjunctivitis.
- Seasonal Allergic Conjunctivitis (SAC) and Perennial Allergic Conjunctivitis (PAC) are allergic conjunctival disorders. Symptoms include itching and pink to reddish eyes. These two eye conditions are mediated by mast cells.
- Non-specific measures to ameliorate symptoms conventionally include: cold compresses, eyewashes with tear substitutes, and avoidance of allergens.
- Treatment conventionally consists of antihistamine mast cell stabilizers, dual mechanism anti-allergen agents, or topical antihistamines.
- Corticosteroids might be effective but, because of side effects, are reserved for more severe forms of allergic conjunctivitis such as vernal keratoconjunctivitis (VKC) and atopic keratoconjunctivitis (AKC).
- VKC vernal keratoconjunctivitis
- ATC atopic keratoconjunctivitis
- Oxifloxacin is the active ingredient in VIGAMOX, which is a fluoroquinolone approved for use to treat or prevent ophthalmic bacterial infections. Dosage is typically one-drop of a 0.5% solution that is administered 3 times a day for a period of one-week or more.
- VKC and AKC are chronic allergic diseases where eosinophils, conjunctival fibroblasts, epithelial cells, mast cells, and/or TH2 lymphocytes aggravate the biochemistry and histology of the conjunctiva. VKC and AKC can be treated by medications used to combat allergic conjunctivitis.
- Permeation agents are agents and may also be included in a gel, hydrogel, organogel, xerogel, and biomaterials as described herein. These are agents that assist in permeation of a drug into an intended tissue. Permeation agents may be chosen as needed for the tissue, e.g., permeation agents for skin, permeation agents for an eardrum, permeation agents for an eye.
- Embodiments of the invention include a method of drug delivery to a tissue, eye, intracameral space, or other sites set forth herein comprising forming a hydrogel in situ with a drug in the hydrogel (e.g., dissolved, suspended, liquid, solid, or dispersed throughout), the drug having a low solubility in water or other solubility as set forth herein.
- a drug in the hydrogel e.g., dissolved, suspended, liquid, solid, or dispersed throughout
- examples of such agents are, in general, TKIs.
- Low-solubility is a broad term that means no more than 200 ⁇ g/ml soluble in water at 25° C., the water being pure water, and the drug being essentially pure or a salt.
- solubility is a broad term that means no more than 50 ⁇ g/ml soluble in water at 25° C.
- Other descriptive terms are set forth in Table 1 and have the definition provided therein, and are directed to bands of solubility, except for practically insoluble or insoluble, which is a defined as having an upper limit.
- the United States Pharmacopeia defines relative solubility in descriptive terms of various compendial substances, and these descriptive terms can be translated into quantitative solubility using the units of micrograms per milliliter, as shown in Table 1.
- Suitable drugs would include various agents, e.g. as set forth herein, antibacterials, antifungals, antivirals, anti-angiogenesis, anti-allergy, steroids, immunosuppressants, glaucoma drugs, NSAIDs, and so forth, of both small and large (where applicable) molecular size.
- the sustained release of small molecules from the depot can be controlled by their limited solubility and agents classified as very slightly soluble, practically insoluble, or insoluble would be generally preferable candidates as exemplified in the Table 2.
- Experimental water solubility (when available in the scientific literature) is added into the table to support the descriptive term. This experimental aqueous and/or water solubility is often dependent upon test conditions (pH, temperature) and it is understood that variation in these conditions may alter the experimental solubility value. It should be understood that solubility is controlled by many factors, of particular interest is the difference in solubility of various salts forms of the same parent drug molecule. For instance a dexamethasone sodium phosphate salt form is considered soluble whereas either a dexamethasone alcohol or acetate is considered practically insoluble, or insoluble, as shown in Table 2.
- drugs can also be released from the hydrogel depot using a secondary forms of encapsulation to potentially provide a more tailored drug release profile which is not regulated by drug solubility, but rather by degradation of the microparticles.
- drugs classified as slightly soluble to very soluble most likely require a secondary form of encapsulation (e.g. microparticles) to provide sustained release.
- hydrogel Because the hydrogel is formed during crosslinking of PEG arms it forms a network structure with a defined porosity of limited molecular size.
- large macromolecules such as anti-angiogenesis biologics shown in Table 2, which exceed that limited molecular size are therefore physically entrapped within the hydrogel network. Therefore degradation of the gel network is necessary to release the entrapped large macromolecules even though these macromolecules would be considered to be soluble to very soluble.
- the materials described herein may be used to deliver drugs or other therapeutic agents (e.g., imaging agents or markers) to eyes or tissues nearby.
- Some of the disease states are back-of-the-eye diseases.
- the term back-of-the eye disease is recognized by artisans in these fields of endeavor and generally refers to any ocular disease of the posterior segment that affects the vasculature and integrity of the retina, macula or choroid leading to visual acuity disturbances, loss of sight or blindness.
- Disease states of the posterior segment may result from age, trauma, surgical interventions, and hereditary factors. Disease is a broad term that generally includes pathologies.
- Some back-of-the-eye disease are; age-related macular degeneration (AMD) cystoid macular edema (CME), diabetic macular edema (DME), posterior uveitis, and diabetic retinopathy.
- AMD age-related macular degeneration
- CME cystoid macular edema
- DME diabetic macular edema
- posterior uveitis and diabetic retinopathy.
- Some back-of-the-eye diseases result from unwanted angiogenesis or vascular proliferation, such as macular degeneration or diabetic retinopathy. Drug treatment options for these and other conditions are further discussed elsewhere herein.
- the hydrogels may be loaded with an agent or agents that are disposed directly and/or indirectly in the hydrogel. While encapsulation in particles is not preferred in some circumstances, it can be useful to place agents into particles, especially outside the eye. Encapsulation may involve mixing an agent with a biodegradable material. Directly refers to placing the agent in direct contact with the matrix, e.g., by forming a matrix in a presence of the agent in solid or soluble form. An indirect loading process is, e.g., placing the agent in particles and forming the hydrogel around them, so that the agent is inside the particle and, at the time of formation, is not in direct contact with the matrix.
- Biodegradable vehicles in which the active agent may be present include: encapsulation vehicles, such as microparticles, microspheres, microbeads, micropellets, where the active agent is encapsulated in a bioerodable or biodegradable polymers such as polymers and copolymers of: poly(anhydride), poly(hydroxy acid)s, poly(lactone)s, poly(trimethylene carbonate), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid)-co-poly(glycolic acid), poly(orthocarbonate), poly(caprolactone), crosslinked biodegradable hydrogel networks like fibrin glue or fibrin sealant, caging and entrapping molecules, like cyclodextrin, molecular sieves and the like.
- encapsulation vehicles such as microparticles, microspheres, microbeads, micropellets
- the active agent is encapsulated in a bioerodable or biodegradable polymers
- Microspheres made from polymers and copolymers of poly (lactone)s and poly (hydroxy acid) are useful as biodegradable encapsulation vehicles.
- the therapeutic agent or encapsulated therapeutic agent may be present in solution or suspended form.
- a particle may be made that is free of one or more of: binders, non-peptidic polymers, surfactants, oils, fats, waxes, hydrophobic polymers, polymers comprising alkyl chains longer than 4 CH2 groups, phospholipids, micelle-forming polymers, micelle-forming compositions, amphiphiles, polysaccharides, polysaccharides of three or more sugars, fatty acids, and lipids.
- Lyophilized, spray dried or otherwise processed proteins are often formulated with sugars such as trehalose to stabilize the protein through the lyophilization or other processes used to prepare the proteins. These sugars may be allowed to persist in the particle throughout the organogel/xerogel process.
- the particles may be made to comprise between about 10% and about 100% (dry w/w) protein; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g., about 40% to about 80% or at least 50% or at least 80% or at least 90% or at least 99%.
- a gel or organogel or hydrogel may be formed around an agent and then reduced to encapsulating particles that are subsequently treated to remove the organic or aqueous solvent or solvents to form a xerogel particle.
- the organogel or hydrogel can be macerated, homogenized, extruded, screened, chopped, diced, or otherwise reduced to a particulate form.
- the organogel or hydrogel can be formed as a droplet or a molded article containing the suspended protein particles.
- One process for making such particles involves creation of a material that is broken up to make the particles.
- the particles may be separated into collections with a desired size range and distribution of sizes by a variety of methods. Very fine control of sizing is available, with sizes ranging from 1 micron to several mm, and with a mean and range of particles sizes being controllable with a narrow distribution. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g., from about 1 to about 10 ⁇ m or from about 1 to about 30 ⁇ m. About 1 to about 500 microns is another such range that is useful, with sizes falling throughout the range and having a mean sizing at one value within the range, and a standard deviation centered around the mean value, e.g., from about 1% to about 100%.
- a simple method for sizing particles involves using custom-made or standardized sieve mesh sizes.
- the term particle is broad and includes spherical, cylindrical, discoidal, and irregularly shaped particles.
- Embodiments include making a plurality of collections of particles, with the collections having different rates of degradation in vivo, and mixing collections for a degradation performance as desired.
- Kits or systems for making hydrogels may be prepared.
- the kits are manufactured using medically acceptable conditions and contain precursors that have sterility, purity and preparation that is pharmaceutically acceptable.
- the kit may contain an applicator as appropriate, as well as instructions.
- a therapeutic agent may be included pre-mixed or available for mixing.
- Solvents/solutions may be provided in the kit or separately, or the components may be pre-mixed with the solvent.
- the kit may include syringes and/or needles for mixing and/or delivery.
- the kit has at least one precursor and an applicator. Visualization or imaging agents may be incorporated into the material.
- the kit may include a viscosifying agent, e.g., a hyaluronic acid, pre-mixed or separate from other components.
- a viscosifying agent e.g., a hyaluronic acid
- kits comprising one or more precursors set forth herein and one or more agents set forth herein, optionally with an applicator and solvent (e.g., water) for making solutions of precursors and/or agents.
- One or more of the precursors may be provided in dry form (e.g., cake, powder, immobilized pellet).
- a diluent for the same may be included, e.g., aqueous.
- a buffer may be in the dry material, the diluent, or both.
- a process for making a dry precursor is, for instance, making the precursor in, or dissolving it in, an organic solution. If the functional groups are electrophiles, the solvent and/or pH may be chosen so that the electrophiles are unreactive.
- the solvent may be chosen to be free of water, e.g., a dry organic solvent, dimethyl carbonate (DMC), dimethylformamide (DMF), polar aprotic solvents.
- DMC dimethyl carbonate
- DMF dimethylformamide
- the precursor solution may be frozen and lyophilized.
- the lyophilate can be ground or otherwise reduced to a powder, compressed to a cake, made into a pellet, or lyophilized in its end-use container.
- kits having precursors and other materials as needed to form a hydrogel in situ with a therapeutic agent may be provided, with the component parts including those described herein.
- features of the hydrogels can thus be chosen to make hydrogels that are minimally swelling, delivered through a small needle, can be put into an aqueous low viscosity preparation to gel after placement.
- fluent aqueous precursors to form a biodegradable drug depot allows for administration through small (e.g., 30 gauge) needles.
- the hydrogel can be made to not break down into acidic byproducts, the drug depots are well tolerated by sensitive tissues, such as the eye.
- the implants can be made rather large in size (e.g., 1 ml capacity, referring to the eye) relative to implants that are made from conventional biodegradable polymers, which are conventionally much smaller.
- small depots can also be useful. Accordingly, some embodiments are hydrogels with volumes between about 0.005 to about 5 ml; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g., 0.005, 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ml.
- PEG Polyethylene glycol
- Succinimidyl adipate SAP.
- Succinimidyl glutarate is SG.
- Succinimidyl azelate is: SAZ.
- This example relates to assess the swelling and persistence of a 5% and 10% PEG formulation. It provides an injectable solution that would maintain shape and mechanical integrity within a space until it gels, whether that space be a vitreous body, or other location.
- the precursors have good syringeability and good cohesion characteristics.
- Hyaluronic acid (HA) is a high molecular weight non-newtonian linear molecule; it enhanced viscosity of the precursor solution and performed well under high shear situations (passage through a thin gauge needle). A variety of different dilutions of 850 kDa HA was tested, with about 1% being suitable in this case.
- the buffers used to dissolve each precursor made a neutral pH when mixed, and the buffer with the SAZ precursor must be of low pH in order to maintain stability of the polymer in solution (avoid prehydrolisis).
- Each of these components when mixed together, maintained its shape stability and volume stability, keeping its shape and position in a space until forming a hydrogel in 2-3 minutes (Table 3).
- FIGS. 7 and 8 depict plots of swelling and dimensional change, respectively, for hydrogel depots placed in vitro in physiological buffer solution (PBS). It was further observed that, as the hydrogels degraded, they continued to swell in a linear trend upwards to 1000% before liquefying
- formulation 2 (9.8% PEG) was cast in a 2 mmID silicon tubing and left to cure at a 100% RH environment at 37 C for 24 hrs before being placed in 1 ⁇ PBS pH 7.2. Most dimensional changes occur within the first hour.
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- the mixture is lyophilized to form a dried lyophilizate.
- An aqueous buffer solution is prepared as follows:
- the dexamethasone is slowly released into the vitreous fluid and gradually transfers into the adjoining tissues, e.g. retina, ciliary body, anterior chamber and choroid for therapeutic benefit.
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- the loteprednol etabonate is slowly released into the vitreous fluid and gradually transfers into the adjoining tissues, e.g. retina, ciliary body, anterior chamber and choroid for therapeutic benefit.
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- the axitinib is slowly released into the vitreous fluid and gradually transfers into the adjoining tissues, e.g. retina, ciliary body, anterior chamber and choroid for therapeutic benefit.
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- Example 8 Axitinib Intravitreal Depot
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- a roughly spheroidal shape is formed in the eye, which gradually solidifies into a hydrogel as the local pH increases to equal the vitreous fluid pH, about 7.2.
- the axitinib is slowly released into the vitreous fluid and gradually transfers into the adjoining tissues, e.g. retina, ciliary body, anterior chamber and choroid for therapeutic benefit.
- Table 4 showing each preparation including kit components and resulting gel times. Gelation is achieved by injecting the slurry through the needle onto an aluminum weigh boat.
- PEG Kit (needle) Slurry Gel Time 1 4.44 mg 70 ⁇ L 3:00 min 2 4.85 mg 80 ⁇ L 2:40 min 3 5.49 mg 87 ⁇ L 2:40 min 4 5.65 mg 90 ⁇ L 2:50 min 5 6.14 mg 98 ⁇ L 2:30 min 6 4.96 mg 80 ⁇ L 2:45 min 7 3.76 mg 60 ⁇ L 2:30 min
- Solubility of the steroid candidates was assessed in dissolution media (PBS, pH 6.3) at ambient temperatures for 68 hours. UV detection of soluble steroid was determined relative to a standard curve. The maximal determined solubility is shown below:
- Syringe 1 10 mg of steroid was and 42 mg of 4-arm 20,000 molecular weight PEG succinimidyl glutarate (4a20KSG) was weighed into the syringe and then dissolved in 233 ⁇ L of 1 mg/mL sodium phosphate monobasic containing 1 mg of trilysine (LLL). The low pH ( ⁇ 4.5) prevents reactivity between the PEG and LLL components.
- Syringe 2 6 mg of sodium tetraborate was weighed into a syringe and dissolved in 233 ⁇ L of water for injection (WFI).
- the two syringes were mixed between the syringes using a luer connector and injected into a 10 mm borosilicate tube containing a small stir bar over a stir plate.
- the mixing prevented settling of the steroid suspension until sufficient viscosity was achieved during hydrogel formation. This resulted in an approximate 0.45 mL volume of 10 mg of steroid entrapped with a 9% hydrogel (w/v).
- a visual representation of the depot shape is shown in FIG. 10 .
- the release rate from the 10 mg steroid containing hydrogel depots in 1 L of PBS, pH 6.3 at ambient temperature with gentle stirring was performed for each steroid candidate and compared to the dissolution profile of 10 mg of neat drug dispersed in an equal volume of dissolution media ( FIG. 11 ).
- a visual representation of drug release from the depots over time is observed in FIG. 12 for the flunisolide steroid candidate.
- lotepredenol etabonate, dexamethasone, micronized dexamethasone, prednisolone and prednisolone acetate were suspended in PEG hydrogel precursor solutions and injected into tubing and allowed to gel as covalently crosslinked hydrogels and then cut into barrel shaped depots.
- the steroid suspended gels were removed from the tubing and ex vivo release was initiated in dissolution media. Zone clearance (steroid released) from the depot interface inward was observed and visually recorded. See FIGS. 13-16 .
- Example 12 100 ⁇ g Micronized Axitinib Suspension Injection Buffer Preparation
- 10 ⁇ PBS (VWR International) was diluted 1:10 with water and the pH was brought to 7.2 using 0.01N NaOH and 0.01N HCl. This solution was then filtered at a rate of 2 mL/min through a 0.2 ⁇ m filter to remove any endotoxin or bioburden.
- micronized axitinib 200 ⁇ g was weighed into a 50 mL amber vial. It was dried, stoppered and crimped, and gamma irradiation sterilized. After irradiation, 9.80 mL of buffer was added to the vial. The suspension was then placed in a sonication bath for 20 minutes to homogenously disperse the micronized particles.
- 50 ⁇ L of the 2% axitinib suspension was then drawn into a 100 ⁇ L luer lock Hamilton syringe using a 21G 1.5′′ needle. The needle was swapped for a fresh 27G 1 ⁇ 2′′ TW needle (Nipro). The 50 ⁇ L suspension was then injected at the 6 o'clock position within the vitreous of a Male New Zealand white rabbit. After 1 month, eyes were explanted and prepared for histology.
- Eyes were sectioned according to the following scheme: A suture had been placed at the 12 o'clock position for orientation at harvest. Typically eyes were trimmed in half in the plane from 12 o'clock to 6 o'clock through the lens and optic nerve along the midline. This captures as many optic structures in one plane as is possible. The trimmed eyes were examined grossly and abnormalities noted. Each half of the globe trimmed was embedded in its own cassette. Cassette A is always the nasal half of the eye, and cassette B is always the temporal half of the eye.
- H&E hematoxylin and eosin
- Example 13 200 ⁇ g Micronized Axitinib Suspension Injection
- Axitinib manufactured by LGM Pharma, GMP grade
- Ethanol Sigma Aldrich
- This vial was then wrapped in aluminum foil to protect the solution from light, and sonicated until completely dissolved.
- Solution was then aspirated into two 60 mL polyethylene (PE) luer-lok syringes (BD) wrapped in aluminum foil.
- the Axitinib suspended in 5.7% ethanol/94.3% WFI was filtered through a 0.2 um vacuum filter (Thermo Scientific) and rinsed 3 ⁇ with 100 mL of WFI. After filtration, Axitinib powder was collected from the filter using a spatula, and vacuum dried overnight in a 10 mL serum vial to remove all excess solvent.
- micronized Axitinib 40 ⁇ g was weighed into a sterile 3 mL BD luer lock syringe. 960 ⁇ L of Provisc (Alcon, Inc., 1% 2000 kDa Hyaluronic acid solution) was added to a fresh 3 mL BD luer lock syringe. The two syringes were mixed using a luer connector.
- 50 ⁇ L of the 4% Axitinib suspension was then drawn into a 100 ⁇ L luer lock Hamilton syringe using a 21G 1.5′′ needle. The needle was swapped for a fresh 27G 1 ⁇ 2′′ TW needle (Nipro). The 50 ⁇ L suspension was then injected at the 6 o'clock position within the vitreous of a Male New Zealand white rabbit. After 1 month, eyes were explanted and prepared for histology.
- Eyes were sectioned according to the following scheme: A suture had been placed at the 12 o'clock position for orientation at harvest. Typically eyes were trimmed in half in the plane from 12 o'clock to 6 o'clock through the lens and optic nerve along the midline. This captures as many optic structures in one plane as is possible. The trimmed eyes were examined grossly and abnormalities noted. Each half of the globe trimmed was embedded in its own cassette. Cassette A is always the nasal half of the eye, and cassette B is always the temporal half of the eye.
- H&E hematoxylin and eosin
- Example 14 400 ug Micronized Axitinib Suspension Injection
- Axitinib manufactured by LGM Pharma, GMP grade
- Ethanol Sigma Aldrich
- This vial was then wrapped in aluminum foil to protect the solution from light, and sonicated for 20 minutes until completely dissolved.
- Solution was then drawn into two 60 mL polyethylene (PE) luer-lok syringes (BD) wrapped in aluminum foil.
- PE polyethylene
- the Axitinib suspended in 5.7% ethanol/94.3% WFI was filtered through a 0.2 um vacuum filter (Thermo Scientific) and rinsed 3 ⁇ with 100 mL of WFI. After filtration, Axitinib powder was collected from the filter using a spatula, and vacuum dried overnight in a 10 mL serum vial to remove all excess solvent.
- ⁇ g of micronized Axitinib was weighed into a sterile 3 mL BD luer lock syringe.
- 920 ⁇ L of Provisc (Alcon, Inc., 1% 2000 kDa Hyaluronic acid solution) was added to a fresh 3 mL BD luer lock syringe.
- the two syringes were mixed using a luer connector.
- 50 ⁇ L of the 8% axitinib suspension was then drawn into a 100 ⁇ L luer lock Hamilton syringe using a 21G 1.5′′ needle. The needle was swapped for a fresh 27G 1 ⁇ 2′′ TW Nipro needle. The 50 ⁇ L suspension was then injected at the 6 o'clock position within the vitreous of both eyes in Male New Zealand white rabbit. After 1 month, eyes were explanted and prepared for histology.
- Eyes were sectioned according to the following scheme: A suture had been placed at the 12 o'clock position for orientation at harvest. Typically eyes were trimmed in half in the plane from 12 o'clock to 6 o'clock through the lens and optic nerve along the midline. This captures as many optic structures in one plane as is possible. The trimmed eyes were examined grossly and abnormalities noted. Each half of the globe trimmed was embedded in its own cassette. Cassette A is always the nasal half of the eye, and cassette B is always the temporal half of the eye.
- H&E hematoxylin and eosin
- a method of agent delivery to a tissue comprising forming a hydrogel implant in situ with a therapeutic agent in the hydrogel (e.g., dissolved, suspended, dispersed throughout), the agent having a low solubility or a very low solubility in water.
- the site may be, e.g., in an eye, in an eye tissue, intracameral, or intravitreal.
- tissue and/or the site of formation of the hydrogel is an eye, intracanalicular, sub-tenons, intracameral, intravitreal, intrasceleral, choroidal, suprachoroidal, a retina, subretinal, a lens, a tissue, lumen, void, potential space, inside an animal (human or otherwise), or on a surface of an animal, iatrogenic site, site where tissue is removed, surgical site, cancer tissue, at or near cancer tissue, dental tissue, gums, periodontal, sinus, brain, intravascular, aneurysm, or site of a pathology.
- ATD age-related macular degeneration
- CME cystoid macular edema
- DME diabetic macular edema
- posterior uveitis diabetic retinopathy
- retinal vein occlusion or glaucoma.
- tissue is a retina, lens, cornea, or sclera.
- the agent comprises anti-VEGF, blocks VEGFR1, blocks VEGFR2, blocks VEGFR3, anti-PDGF, anti-PDGF-R blocks PDGFR ⁇ , anti-angiogenesis, Sunitinib, E7080, Takeda-6d, Tivozanib, Regorafenib, Sorafenib, Pazopanib, Axitinib, Nintedanib, Cediranib, Vatalanib, Motesanib, macrolides, sirolimus, everolimus, tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs), Imatinib (GLEEVAC) gefinitib (IRESSA), toceranib (PALLADIA), Erlotinib (TARCEVA), Lapatinib (TYKERB) Nilotinib Bosutinib Neratinib, lapatinib, or Vatalanib. Also wherein the agent is a steroid, nonsteroidal antiflammatory drug
- the agent comprises low-soluble prostaglandin analogues for glaucoma, Nepafenac for uveitis, Macrolides, such as rapamycin, sirolimus, tacrolimus, to block mTOR receptors for AMD/CNV
- the agent is a suspension (liquid or solid) in the hydrogel.
- the agent is a suspension (liquid or solid) in the hydrogel.
- particles of the agent or drops of the agent the particles or drops being microscopic (1-500 microns diameter) and/or nanoscopic (less than 1 micron diameter).
- hydrogel is a first hydrogel
- the method further comprising forming a second hydrogel in situ with a second agent in the second hydrogel, the second agent optionally having a low solubility in water.
- hydrogel is formed by combining a first precursor and a second precursor that react with each other to form the hydrogel.
- hydrogel is formed by combining a first precursor comprising nucleophilic groups with a second precursor comprising electrophilic groups to form covalent crosslinks by reaction of the nucleophilic groups with the electrophilic groups to form the hydrogel.
- any of 1-37 comprising mixing a plurality of precursors to start a chemical reaction between the plurality of precursors, with the plurality of precursors reacting with each other to form the hydrogel.
- the buffering agent comprises a phosphate, bicarbonate, or carbonate.
- the site and/or the tissue is a tumor, a damaged tissue, a diseased tissue, an infected tissue, an organ, a vasculature, an adventitia, an artery, a vein, or a nerve.
- hydrogel is elongate, spheroidal, spherical, essentially spherical, ellipsoidal, cylindroid, essentially cylindroid, discoidal, or essentially discoidal.
- a hydrogel implant with a therapeutic agent in the hydrogel e.g., dissolved, suspended, dispersed throughout
- the agent having a low solubility or a very low solubility in water.
- the site may be, e.g., in an eye, in an eye tissue, intracameral, or intravitreal.
- hydrogel of 51 wherein the hydrogel is water-degradable, as measurable by the hydrogel being dissolvable in vitro in an excess of water by degradation of water-degradable groups.
- hydrogel of 51 or 52 with 50% to 100% w/w (Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75% 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99%, e.g., 90% to 99%, or 55% to 99%) of the agent being released when the hydrogel is from 100% to 90% persistent. Alternatively, when the hydrogel is from 100% to 80% persistent.
- any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 months.
- Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19% w/w.
- any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 months.
- hydrogel of any of 51-60 wherein 50% w/w i of the agent delivered is at time that is in a range of 1-20 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ.
- All ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 months.
- All ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 months.
- hydrogel of any of 51-62 wherein the tissue and/or the site of formation of the hydrogel is an eye, intracanalicular, sub-tenons, intracameral, intravitreal, intrasceleral, choroidal, suprachoroidal, a retina, subretinal, a lens, a tissue, lumen, void, potential space, inside an animal (human or otherwise), or on a surface of an animal, iatrogenic site, site where tissue is removed, surgical site, cancer tissue, at or near cancer tissue, dental tissue, gums, periodontal, sinus, brain, intravascular, aneurysm, or site of a pathology.
- hydrogel of 64 wherein the back of the eye disease is age-related macular degeneration (AMD) cystoid macular edema (CME), diabetic macular edema (DME), posterior uveitis, diabetic retinopathy, retinal vein occlusion, or glaucoma.
- AMD age-related macular degeneration
- CME cystoid macular edema
- DME diabetic macular edema
- posterior uveitis diabetic retinopathy
- retinal vein occlusion or glaucoma.
- hydrogel of any of 51-68 wherein the agent is a suspension (liquid or solid) in the hydrogel For example: particles of the agent or drops of the agent, the particles or drops being microscopic (1-500 microns diameter) and/or nanoscopic (less than 1 micron diameter).
- hydrogel of any of 1-70 wherein a volume of the hydrogel is from 1 to 1000 ⁇ L Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 1, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 900, 1000 ⁇ L.
- hydrogel of any of 72-77 with the first hydrogel providing a faster rate of diffusion for the agent relative to the second hydrogel.
- hydrogel of 80 wherein the hydrogel is formed without covalent crosslinks between the first precursor and the second precursor.
- hydrogel of any of 80-82 comprising injecting an aqueous mixture of the precursors to the site.
- hydrogel of any of 51-85 further comprising hyaluronic acid or hydrophilic polymers that do not form part of a matrix of the hydrogel.
- hydrogel of any of 51-86 comprising activating a precursor to form the hydrogel.
- hydrogel of any of 51-87 comprising mixing a plurality of precursors to start a chemical reaction between the plurality of precursors, with the plurality of precursors reacting with each other to form the hydrogel.
- hydrogel of any of 81-88 further comprising a buffering agent.
- hydrogel of 91 wherein the solid is disposed in an applicator for placing a hydrogel precursor at the site, with the precursor contacting the solid as the precursor is passed through the applicator.
- hydrogel of any of 1-94 wherein the site and/or the tissue is a tumor, a damaged tissue, a diseased tissue, an infected tissue, an organ, a vasculature, an adventitia, an artery, a vein, or a nerve.
- An agent as set forth in any of 1-97 for treatment of a condition as set forth in any of 1-97 for treatment of a condition as set forth in any of 1-97.
- kits for any method, use, or agent as set forth in any of 1-101 the kit combining a precursor and an agent.
- a process of making a medicament comprising making a hydrogel of any of 51-97 or comprising a method of any of 1-50.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
Drug delivery involving hydrogels as used for various medical conditions, and includes hydrogels formed in an eye with extended drug release times. An embodiment of the invention is a method of delivering a therapeutic agent to a tissue comprising forming a hydrogel in situ in an eye with a therapeutic agent dispersed in the hydrogel, the agent having a low solubility in water. The agent may be essentially insoluble in water. The hydrogel may be made so that 50% to 100% w/w of the agent is released when the hydrogel is from 100% to 50% persistent, with the persistence being a measure of the dry weight of the hydrogel relative to an initial dry weight of the hydrogel.
Description
- This patent application is a continuation of copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/152,739 to Jarrett et al., filed on May 12, 2016, entitled “Drug Delivery From Hydrogels”, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/160,394, filed May 12, 2015, which are hereby incorporated by reference herein.
- The technical field, in general, relates to drug delivery involving hydrogels as used for various medical conditions, and includes hydrogels formed in an eye with extended drug release times.
- Age-related macular degeneration (AMD), diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema (DME) posterior uveitis, choroidal neovascularization (CNV) and cystoid macular edema (CME) are sight-threatening back-of-the-eye diseases. Age related macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy are significant causes of visual impairment in the United States and elsewhere; these conditions are generally caused by angiogenesis (unwanted blood-vessel growth in the eye) that damages the retina and ultimately can cause blindness. Posterior uveitis is a chronic inflammatory condition that causes about ten percent of the blindness in the United States.
- One invention disclosed herein is a crosslinked hydrogel formed in situ that releases a therapeutic agent that can be used, e.g., to treat back-of-the eye diseases. In this embodiment, aqueous polymeric precursor(s) are combined in flowable concentrations/viscosities with an agent and injected through a small gauge needle into the eye, where the precursor(s) form a crosslinked in situ hydrogel that releases the drug over time. The hydrogel may be formulated to adhere to itself or a tissue in or around the eye to enhance drug release effects and stability, to degrade to biocompatible components without causing inflammation, and to crosslink in place. A shape-stable hydrogel thus formed can effectively deliver the agent and advantageously have a well-controlled size, shape, and surface area. The hydrogels can be made to degrade after release of the drug.
-
FIG. 1 depicts anatomical features of an eye from a frontal view; -
FIG. 2 is a partially cut-away perspective view of an eye; -
FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of an eye; and -
FIG. 4 depicts various delivery alternatives for ocular implants; -
FIG. 5 depicts suprachoroidal material placement; -
FIG. 6 depicts release of an agent from an in situ formed hydrogel in an intracameral or intravitreal space; -
FIG. 7 is a plot of swelling of a hydrogel volume as it degrades without exterior constraints; -
FIG. 8 is a plot of the dimensions of the hydrogel depot ofFIG. 7 ; -
FIG. 9 is a montage of photographs of an in situ formed hydrogel releasing an agent, shown immediately after placement in vivo (panel a), after 40 hours (panel b), 1 week (panel c) or 12 days (panel d) in physiological buffered saline (PBS); -
FIG. 10 is a photograph of a hydrogel implant with an agent entrapped in the implant for release, in a PBS; -
FIG. 11A is a plot of a release profile in PBS of agents entrapped in a hydrogel depot or as placed directly into the PBS; -
FIG. 11B is the plot ofFIG. 11A presented as a Higuchi plot; -
FIG. 11C is a representation of the data ofFIG. 11A to show the Higuchi factor, K, as having a linear relationship with drug solubility for low or very low solubility agents released from the hydrogels; -
FIG. 12 is a photographic montage of a controlled release of an agent from a hydrogel depot showing clearance of the agent over time; -
FIG. 13 is an example of zone clearance of loteprednol etabonate from a hydrogel depot in PBS; -
FIG. 14 is an example of zone clearance of prednisolone from a hydrogel depot in PBS; -
FIG. 15 is a photographic montage of a controlled release of dexamethasone from a hydrogel depot showing clearance of the agent over time; -
FIG. 16 is a photomontage of various agents released from hydrogels for the indicated times, and is an example showing that zone clearance of agents from hydrogel depots in release media such as PBS visually correlates with drug solubility in release media over time. - An embodiment of the invention is a method of drug delivery to a tissue, particularly an eye, comprising forming a hydrogel implant in situ with a therapeutic agent in the hydrogel (e.g., dissolved, suspended, dispersed throughout), the agent having a low solubility in water.
- Drug delivery to the eye is an active field. Improvements in drugs for treatment of eye diseases have created new options for patients, including controlled release devices. One approach to ocular extended release was to put drugs into degradable particles that were injected into the eye. There were sometimes problems, however, with the particles settling onto the retina and causing contact toxicity. Others have created small drug delivery devices that are biodegradable rods of poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) copolymers (PLA/PGA) that are impregnated with drugs and inserted into the eye. As they erode, the drug is able to move out of the PLA/PGA matrix, so that the degradation controls the rate of release. These devices provide extended release as they are eroded by the aqueous solution in the eye. Another approach has involved the use of certain hydrogels that are formed in situ, as in US 2009/0252781. While these were useful in certain situations, there are further techniques that can be used to improve biocompatibility and increase the range of clinical treatments that can be made with controlled release devices.
- In particular, there are opportunities to use the properties of the agents, themselves, in combination with certain properties of the hydrogels to make depots (also referred to as implants) that release the agents over long periods of time in a controlled fashion to achieve an effective concentration without reaching toxic levels. A low solubility agent can go into solution particularly slowly in a hydrogel. The hydrogel can be made to readily allow diffusion without requiring degradation of the hydrogel (bioerosion) for release of the agent. The hydrogel's properties can be tailored to take advantage of the solubility of the agent to control release. Such properties can include a matrix structure that provides for diffusion of the agent without depending on bioerosion, a process of making the hydrogel that allows for dispersion of the agent in the hydrogel, and providing for the agent to be suspended as, e.g. micro and/or nano particles or droplets. The agent does not have to be encapsulated in particles, or otherwise combined with materials that need bioerosion to release them. Further, the hydrogels can be made to last longer than the agents they deliver so that delivery is controlled and the release of a final burst of the agent is kept within limits that avoid potentially toxic effects.
- Some embodiments provide for encapsulation of agents in particles as an alternative or addition to non-encapsulated agents, particularly in areas outside the eye. The particles can be mixed with one or more precursors that form a hydrogel around them. Encapsulating particles are further discussed below.
- In general, the eye presents an environment with competing design requirements. On the one hand, the volume of the eye is limited such that a large volume depot is disfavored. On the other hand, placing the depot in the eye, for instance by injection, involves some discomfort and trauma such that a large depot is helpful for minimizing the frequency of placement. Further, the eye is generally sensitive and placement of depots at locations that interfere with its requirements for effective vision points to making small depots. Moreover, therapeutic agents require a minimum concentration to be effective but may have toxic effects at concentrations that are too high. Therefore the agent must be released quickly and consistently enough to be effective without being released at too great a rate through the entire life of the implant. Use of a hydrogel around an agent presents the challenge of adding volume to the implant. In the case of a hydrogel that has internal space to allow for diffusion of agents, there are mechanical challenges to make an implant that resists mechanical forces applied to the eye such as rubbing the eyes or accidental application of force, or an elevated intraocular pressure present in some pathologies that are the target of the agent. An open, lightly crosslinked hydrogel structure tends to have more flexibility, but less mechanical strength compared to a relatively more closed hydrogel that has more closely spaced crosslinks.
- But it is possible to use the small volume of the eye as an advantage instead of a disadvantage. A hydrogel that allows diffusion of an agent is affected not only by the concentration of the agent in the hydrogel but also by the concentration of the agent in the limited volume of the eye. A hydrogel depot with a relatively open matrix can be thus use the small volume of the eye as a parameter to control release because the amount of released agent can limit further release. The hydrogel structure, size, shape, loading, and choice of materials can thus be balanced, in combination with the properties of the agent, to provide an effective controlled release implant device. These various competing design features can, in fact, be reconciled to provide delivery of an effective concentration of an agent during a period of time, while avoiding toxic over-release of the agent.
- In contrast to hydrogels that are permissive to agent diffusion, erodible hydrogels prevent diffusion until the matrix is eroded. Such designs have an advantage of directly controlling a rate of release of the agent. Since such designs have relatively densely crosslinked matrices, they can be made mechanically strong to resists mechanical forces involved in their implantation or after implantation, for example, by patients rubbing their eyes or receiving an accidental application of force, or stresses internal to the eye in some pathologies that are the target of the agent.
- Locally formed hydrogels made in situ from precursors in aqueous solution can serve as depots of drugs or other therapeutic agents for ocular drug delivery, or delivery of agents at other sites. Described herein are hydrogels that can be formed in situ on a tissue or organ to deliver agents. The term on a tissue is broad, and includes contact with a tissue, in the tissue, around the tissue, in a tissue void or defect, in a potential space in the body, and so forth. An organ is a tissue. The term on an organ is broad and includes in the organ, on it, around it, and so forth. In situ refers to forming a material at the site where it is intended to be located. Thus a hydrogel may be formed in situ in a patient at the site wherein the hydrogel is intended to be used, e.g., as a drug depot for controlled release. Some drugs, such as some tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs), have demonstrated corneal toxicity even in eye-drop form because the drugs are contacting the eye tissue directly. An advantage of the hydrogel is that the hydrogel shields the tissue from contact with the agent, e.g., as a solid particle or a suspended form. The agent is slowly released from the hydrogel in a diffuse form.
- Alternative embodiments include hydrogels formed outside the body and implanted into the body, e.g., intravitreally. Example 1 describes the swelling and persistence of two hydrogels made with a polyethylene glycol (PEG) matrix at a solids concentration of a 5% or 10% w/w PEG, see Table 3. The hydrogels were made from a first PEG precursor having an electrophilic end group (succinimidyl azelate, SAZ) and a second PEG precursor having nucleophilic end group (amine). The PEGs had 4 or 8 arms and a nominal molecular weight of 20 k each. They were combined in buffered solution in presence of a polysaccharide (hyaluronic acid, HA, at 1% w/w). The combination was found to have a low viscosity suited for injection through small bore needles and the resultant hydrogel matrix provided a structured that maintained its shape and mechanical integrity within a space gelation, e.g., intracameral, in a vitreous body, or other location. The precursors had good syringeability and good cohesion characteristics. The HA is a high molecular weight non-newtonian linear molecule; it enhanced viscosity of the precursor solution and performed well under high shear situations (passage through a thin gauge needle). A variety of different dilutions of 850 kDa HA were tested, with about 1% w/w providing a good result in this case. The buffers used to dissolve each precursor made a neutral pH when mixed, and the buffer with the SAZ precursor was of low pH in order to maintain stability of the polymer in solution (to avoid pre-hydrolysis). Each of these components, when mixed together, formed a hydrogel that maintained shape stability and volume stability, keeping its shape and position in a space until forming a hydrogel in 2-3 minutes.
FIGS. 7 and 8 depict plots of swelling and dimensional change, respectively, for these hydrogel depots placed in vitro in physiological buffer solution (PBS). It was further observed that, as the hydrogels degraded, they continued to swell in a linear trend upwards to 1000% before liquefying. Most dimensional changes occur within the first hour. As the hydrogels degraded, they became mechanically more weak and swelled. These tests were conducted in an unrestrained area and, if formed in vivo, will swell minimally in vivo under conditions where surrounding mechanical forces limit swelling. - In Example 2, a hydrogel of the composition of Example 1 further comprising a small amount of fluorescein for visualization and the agent dexamethasone was formed in situ in an eye in a volume of about 25 μL. The depot was explanted and placed in an excess of PBS to observe release of the agent and persistence of the hydrogel. The agent was observed to be cleared from the hydrogel in inward direction, with the edges of the implant having the lowest concentration of the agent and the interior of the hydrogel having the highest concentration (
FIG. 9 ). The hydrogel was essentially persistent during the observed time of 12 days and the visual observations were consistent with volumetric release and persistence data shown in plots herein. The hydrogel had a stable shape and consistent mechanical properties, based on manipulation of the hydrogel. Examples 3-8 provide detailed examples of making and using various hydrogels and agents. Example 9 is an example of how to make a kit for making hydrogels in vivo to release agents. Artisans can readily appreciate how to apply these Examples, and all the Examples more generally, to make and use hydrogels using the full range of precursors, agents, and sites of application set forth in other portions of this same disclosure. - Example 10 shows release profiles for a variety of exemplary agents, Flunisolide (
solubility 90 μg/mL), Betamethasone Sodium Phosphate (freely soluble in water), Budesonide (30 μg/mL, and Triamcinolone Acetonide (20 μg/mL. These agents were placed into PBS or dispersed in a hydrogel (FIG. 10 ) placed into PBS, the hydrogel being made from a hydrophilic precursor (4-armed PEG) with electrophilic groups and a small hydrophilic precursor with nucleophilic groups (trilysine). The release rate from the agent-containing hydrogel depots was compared to the dissolution profile of the same amount of the agent in a neat formulation (FIG. 11A ). -
FIGS. 11B and 11C are plots of the data of Example 10.FIG. 11B is a Higuchi plot showing that drug release versus square root of time is a linear relationship, with slopes (the slope is equal to the Higuchi factor, K) proportional to drug solubility, drug diffusivity, initial drug concentration, depot surface area, and other depot design factors.FIG. 11C shows the linear function of solubility relative to K, for the same initial drug concentrations and other depot design factors. A visual representation of drug release from the depots over time is presented inFIG. 12 for an exemplary agent (flunisolide). The results demonstrated that entrapment of an equal mass of agent within the confines of the hydrogel appreciably slowed the agents' release rate compared to freely dispersed agents in an equal volume of dissolution media, and that the tapered drug release profile correlated with drug solubility. - These data further establish the extended release rate from the in situ depots and model in vivo conditions. Injection of the pre-hydrogel material containing a suspension of exemplary agents (steroids) into the confines of the viscous vitreous was observed to create a spheroidal hydrogel depot at the injection site. These depot examples formed in vitro created a similar spheroidal hydrogel depot (e.g.,
FIG. 10 ). The drug release data from these in vitro formed depots allows prediction of the in vivo drug release rate. The Higuchi equation for release from this type of construct can be represented by the following (Siepmann, J.; Peppas, N. A. Modeling of Drug Release from Delivery Systems Based on Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose (HPMC). Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 2012, 64, Supplement, 163-174): -
M t =A√{square root over (2C 0 DC s t)}Equation 1 - Where Mt is the mass of drug eluted at time t, A is the surface area, C0 is the initial drug concentration, Cs is the drug solubility, D is the diffusion coefficient. This equation assumes C0>>Cs, edge effects are negligible, swelling or dissolution of the hydrogel depot is negligible, diffusivity is constant, temperature and pH are constant, and perfect sink conditions are maintained. More generally, the equation can be represented as
-
M t /M ∞ =k√{square root over (t)}Equation 2 - Where M∞ is the cumulative drug released at infinite time and k is a constant (Higuchi factor) reflecting the depot design variables. Thus, the drug or drug fraction release profile is tapered when plotted versus time, but linear when plotted versus the square root of time.
- The release of the low solubility agent is thus regulated by the limited solubility of the agent in the physiological environment within the hydrogel and by the concentration gradient at the hydrogel interface with the physiological environment, which equals the drug solubility under perfect sink conditions. A tapered drug release profile is created as the front of the concentration gradient recedes from the interface. This retreating front can be observed as a gradually increasing clear zone at the periphery of the depot. Regulating the amount of low solubility agent within the depot can therefore control the duration of the drug release. The drug release rate from the depot in the vitreous is expected to be extended relative to an injection of unconstrained neat steroid in the vitreous thereby prolonging the duration of action of the drug within the eye. An additional benefit is that particles of drug are entrapped within the hydrogel, whereas migrating insoluble drug particles within the eye may result in an adverse tissue reaction or vision impairment when particles enter the visual axis. Factors expected to influence the rate of drug release from the in situ formed hydrogel depot include: drug solubility, drug particle (liquid or solid) size, common solubility factors (pH, temperature, salts, and so forth), drug amount within the depot creating differing concentrations and gradients, uniformity of drug within the depot, depot surface area, fluid turnover or exchange rate at the depot interface, hydrogel degradation and dissolution, depot additive agents (such as surfactants), and possibly other factors known to alter the solubility of an agent.
- In a similar construct described in Example 11, various agents were suspended in hydrophilic hydrogel precursor solutions crosslinked and formed as cylindrical depots. The agent-suspended gels were removed from the tubing and ex vivo release was initiated in dissolution media. Zone clearance (steroid released) from the depot interface inward was observed and visually recorded. See
FIGS. 13-16 . A similar observation is expected to occur over time during in vivo drug release. - Examples 12-14 detail results of experiments testing potential toxicity of agents released in bursts. The hydrogel depots consistently release effective concentrations of the agents over a period of time. After that period of time, the hydrogel loses mechanical integrity and the matrix structure becomes loosely organized. If there is any remaining agent during this phase of degradation, the agent might be released more rapidly, or in a burst, such that the agent is at a concentration that is higher than what is needed for effectiveness or is, potentially, in a toxic amount with respect to local tissues. In vivo tests in eyes were conducted to measure the potential effects of a burst release to understand how much persistence would be necessary relative to the total volume and remaining volume of the agents. Considering the many design variables involved in the delivery process, some experimentation was needed to establish that the delivery processes described herein are suitable for the ocular space. The results show that the depots can be designed with a suitable persistence, loading, and other factors to effectively deliver drugs over a sustained period of time without falling short of the various design parameters.
- The hydrogel depot is designed to provide an effective concentration of the agent at its site of intended use. The term effective amount or effective concentration or therapeutically effective/concentration refers to the amount of an agent that is sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results. The effective amount may vary depending upon one or more of: the subject and disease condition being treated, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease condition, the manner of administration and the like, which can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. An effective concentration can be shown by pharmacodynamic effect. As an alternative, a calculated effective amount may be provided, meaning that 50-100 times the IC50 for the agent against the substrate; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100. IC50 refers to the Median Inhibition Concentration (concentration that reduces the effect by 50%), e.g., inhibition of the unwanted pathological effect.
- The structure of the mammalian eye can be divided into three main layers or tunics: the fibrous tunic, the vascular tunic, and the nervous tunic. The fibrous tunic, also known as the Tunica fibrosa oculi, is the outer layer of the eyeball consisting of the cornea and sclera. The sclera is the supporting wall of the eye and gives the eye most of its white color. It is extends from the cornea (the clear front section of the eye) to the optic nerve at the back of the eye. The sclera is a fibrous, elastic and protective tissue, composed of tightly packed collagen fibrils, containing about 70% water.
- Overlaying the fibrous tunic is the conjunctiva. The conjunctiva is a membrane that covers the sclera (white part of the eye) and lines the inside of the eyelids. The conjunctiva effectively surrounds, covers, and adheres to the sclera. It is has cellular and connective tissue, is somewhat elastic, and can be removed, teased away, or otherwise taken down to expose a surface area of the sclera. The vascular tunic, also known as the Tunica vasculosa oculi, is the middle vascularized layer which includes the iris, ciliary body, and choroid. The choroid contains blood vessels that supply the retinal cells with oxygen and remove the waste products of respiration.
- The nervous tunic, also known as the Tunica nervosa oculi, is the inner sensory which includes the retina. The retina contains the photosensitive rod and cone cells and associated neurons. The retina is a relatively smooth (but curved) layer. It does have two points at which it is different; the fovea and optic disc. The fovea is a dip in the retina directly opposite the lens, which is densely packed with cone cells. The fovea is part of the macula. The fovea is largely responsible for color vision in humans, and enables high acuity, which is necessary in reading. The optic disc is a point on the retina where the optic nerve pierces the retina to connect to the nerve cells on its inside.
- The mammalian eye can also be divided into two main segments: the anterior segment and the posterior segment. The anterior segment consists of an anterior and posterior chamber. The anterior chamber is located in front of the iris and posterior to the corneal endothelium and includes the pupil, iris, ciliary body and aqueous fluid. The posterior chamber is located posterior to the iris and anterior to the vitreous face where the crystalline lens and zonules fibers are positioned between an anterior and posterior capsule in an aqueous environment.
- Light enters the eye, passes through the cornea, and into the first of two humors, the aqueous humour. Approximately two-thirds of the total eyes refractive power comes from the cornea which has a fixed curvature. The aqueous humor is a clear mass which connects the cornea with the lens of the eye, helps maintain the convex shape of the cornea (necessary to the convergence of light at the lens) and provides the corneal endothelium with nutrients.
- The posterior segment is located posterior to the crystalline lens and in front of the retina. It represents approximately two-thirds of the eye that includes the anterior hyaloid membrane and all structures behind it: the vitreous humor, retina, and optic nerve. On the other side of the lens is the second humour, the vitreous humour, which is bounded on all sides: by the lens, ciliary body, suspensory ligaments and by the retina. It lets light through without refraction, helps maintain the shape of the eye and suspends the delicate lens.
-
FIG. 1 depictseye 10 havingsclera 12,iris 14,pupil 16, andeyelid 18.FIG. 2 depicts a perspective view ofeye 10 with a partial cross-section that depictslens 20,inferior oblique muscle 22,inferior rectus muscle 24, andoptic nerve 26.FIG. 3 is a cross-section ofeye 10 and depictscornea 22 that is optically clear and allows light to passiris 14 and penetratelens 20.Anterior chamber 24 underliescornea 22 andposterior chamber 26 lies betweeniris 14 andlens 20.Ciliary body 28 is connected tolens 20.FIG. 3 depicts a portion of theconjunctiva 30, which overlies thesclera 12. Thevitreous body 32 comprises the jelly-like vitreous humor, withhyaloid canal 34 being in the same.Fovea 36 is in the macula andretina 38 overlieschoroid 37.Zonular spaces 42 are depicted. -
FIG. 4 depicts various intravitreal deposition schemes. A plurality of depots may be formed, or one. The depots may have various shapes, e.g., elongate, spheroidal, spherical, essentially spherical, ellipsoidal, cylindroid, essentially cylindroid, discoidal, or essentially discoidal. The term essentially spherical means that the hydrogel occupies at least 70% of the volume of a sphere drawn around the hydrogel. The term spherical means that the hydrogel occupies at least 85% of the volume of a sphere drawn around the hydrogel. The term essentially discoidal means that the hydrogel occupies at least 70% of the volume of a cylinder drawn around the hydrogel, with a height of the cylinder being less or equal to the diameter of the cylinder. The term essentially discoidal means that the hydrogel occupies at least 85% of the volume of a cylinder drawn around the hydrogel, with a height of the cylinder being less than the diameter of the cylinder. The term essentially cylindroid means that the hydrogel occupies at least 70% of the volume of a cylinder drawn around the hydrogel, with a height of the cylinder being greater than the diameter of the cylinder. The term essentially cylindroid means that the hydrogel occupies at least 85% of the volume of a cylinder drawn around the hydrogel, with a height of the cylinder being greater than the diameter of the cylinder. Other shapes and sizes may be chosen as suited for the site and application, and irregular shapes are also contemplated. Volumes set forth elsewhere herein may be applicable, e.g., less than 1 ml, from 0.005 to 5 ml; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 10, 20, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250 μL; 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5 mls. One or more such depots may be formed.FIG. 5 illustrates suprachoroidal placement. Other organs may be a site for placement of a hydrogel, as described in more detail below. For instance, the hydrogels may be formed in natural or surgical voids or potential spaces, including other sites where cancer has been removed or is located. Sites include placement of the hydrogel material at a site of a cancer, for example, at a prostate for therapy of prostate cancer or breast cancer. - Back of the eye diseases can be treated with drugs utilizing, e.g., topical, systemic, intraocular and subconjunctival delivery routes. Systemic and topical drug delivery modalities can fall short in delivering therapeutic drug levels to treat posterior segment diseases. These methods of drug delivery encounter diffusion and drug dilution issues due to the inherent anatomical barriers of the intraocular and systemic systems, causing significant patient side effects (due to multiple daily dosing), poor bioavailability and compliance issues. The delivery site for placement of an intraocular drug delivery implant is generally dependent upon the disease that needs to be treated and the type of drug therapy.
- The delivery of therapeutic amounts of a drug to the retina in posterior segment eye diseases remains a challenge. Although intravitreal injections into the vitreous cavity of anti-VEGF agents have shown promise to arrest and in some cases reverse chronic age-related diseases like macular degeneration, these techniques and procedures are not without risks and side effects. Intravitreal administration of therapeutic agents into the vitreous cavity can cause cataracts, endophthalmitis and retinal detachments. This form of therapy requires many patients to receive monthly intraocular injections of an anti-VEGF drug over a 12 month time period thus increasing the risk of infection, vitreous wicks and retinal detachments. Embodiments directed to an in situ hydrogel biodegradable drug implant provide an effective alternative treatment for eye diseases, and are expected to reduce the common side-effects associated with repeated intravitreal injections. Embodiments of an intravitreal, intracameral or other ocular biodegradable drug delivery implant system are summarized below.
-
FIGS. 4 and 5 show certain points of delivery at ornear eye 10. Locations include intracamerally, intravitreally or at or near the retina. Hydrogels can be put on the retina although some separation from the retina is typically useful. Separation may be, e.g., 0.1 to 10 mm; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. - As described in more detail in other sections, a drug depot of the in situ hydrogel drug delivery implant may be designed for controlled, long term drug release ranging from, e.g., about one to about twelve or thirty six months; and may optionally be directed to treatment of diseases of the posterior segment including, for example, age-related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, retinal vein occlusion, and cystoid macular edema. The device can carry a drug payload of various types of therapeutic agents for various conditions.
- One mode of application is to apply a mixture of precursors and other materials (e.g., therapeutic agent, viscosifying agent, accelerator, initiator) through a needle, cannula, catheter, or hollow wire to a site in or near an eye. The mixture may be delivered, for instance, using a manually controlled syringe or mechanically controlled syringe, e.g., a syringe pump. Alternatively, a dual syringe or multiple-barreled syringe or multi-lumen system may be used to mix the precursors at or near the site. Syringe-to-syringe mixing may be used when appropriate. Sites where drug delivery depots may be formed include an eye, the anterior chamber, the vitreous, episcleral, in the posterior subtenon's space (Inferior fornix), subconjunctival, sub-tenon, retinal, subretinal, intracanalicular, intracameral, intravitreal, intrasceleral, choroidal, suprachoroidal, a retina, subretinal, or a lens, a surface of the cornea or the conjunctiva, among others. Accordingly, embodiments include providing an effective amount or a calculated effective amount at such a site, e.g., an the effective amount at an eye, the anterior chamber, the vitreous, episcleral, in the posterior subtenon's space (Inferior fornix), subconjunctival, sub-tenon, retinal, subretinal, intracanalicular, intracameral, intravitreal, intrasceleral, choroidal, suprachoroidal, a retina, subretinal, or a lens, a surface of the cornea or the conjunctiva.
- Sites for formation of a hydrogel depot further include a tissue, lumen, void, potential space, inside an animal (human or otherwise), or on a surface of an animal. The term tissue is broad. Sites include iatrogenic sites, sites where tissue is removed, and surgical sites. Sites include cancer tissue, at or near cancer tissue, dental tissue, gums, periodontal, sinus, brain, intravascular, aneurysm, and site of a pathology.
- Viscosifying agents can be useful for hydrogels formed in or on an eye, with the agent helping the solution cling to its site of deposition, or maintain a cohesive mass, while the hydrogel forms. The choice of the agent must be made in light of the kind of crosslinking that is taking place. Viscosity enhancers may be used in conjunction with precursors. In general, the viscosity enhancers do not react with the precursors to form covalent bonds. While it is appreciated that precursors that are generally free of such bonding may sometimes participate in unwanted side reactions, these have little effect on the hydrogel so that the precursors are “free” of such reactions. For instance, if the precursors react by electrophile-nucleophile reactions, the viscosity enhancers may be free of electrophiles or nucleophiles that can form covalent bonds with functional groups of the precursors, even if there is some low level of unwanted side reactions. Viscosity enhancers are, in general, hydrophilic polymers with a molecular weight of at least 20,000, 100,000 or from about 100,000 to about 2,000,000 Daltons; artisans will immediately appreciate that all values and ranges between these explicitly stated values are described, e.g., at least about 100,000, 200,000, more than 500,000, more than 550,000, 600,000. A concentration of about 5% to about 25% w/w may be used, for instance. PEG (e.g., M.W. 100,000 to 250,000) is useful, for example. Viscosity enhancers may be free of electrophiles and/or nucleophiles. Viscosity enhancers may be fee of one or more functional groups such as hydroxyl, carboxyl, amine, or thiol. Viscosity enhancers may include one or more biodegradable links as described herein for precursors. Viscosity enhancers can be useful to prevent precursors from running-off a tissue site before the precursor's crosslink to form a gel.
- Another consideration is whether the agent has to pass through a small diameter syringe or catheter, a property referred to as syringeability. A thixotropic viscosifying agent may be used so that, in motion, it provides little resistance but, when static, forms a thick gel. Hyaluronic Acid (HA) has been found to be a useful thixotropic viscosifying agent. Molecular weights (average w/w) from 100,000 to 2,500,000 have been tested. These results show that a higher MW (e.g., 5000 k) may be also be used. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, e.g., with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 100 k, 200 k, 300 k, 400 k, 500 k, 600 k, 700 k, 800 k, 900 k, 1000 k, 1500 k, 1800 k, 2000 k, 2250 k, 2500 k, 3000 k, 4000 k, 5000 k. Other thixotropic viscosifying agents include high molecular weight polysaccharides, or hydrophilic polymers, or PEGs. A percentage of 0.3 to 2.5% w/w has been tested, with the optimal percentage depending on the MW tested. In general, a polysaccharide in a range of 0.2 to 5% may be added to the hydrogel/hydrogel precursors, Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 1, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5 w/w percent.
- The hydrogel is, in one embodiment, formed from precursors having functional groups that form crosslinks to crosslink the hydrogels and thereby form the hydrogel. The crosslinks may be covalent and/or physical in nature. The hydrogel delivers drugs to the eye or elsewhere. Some embodiments use highly flowable precursors that gel slowly enough to be forced through a very small bore cannula or needle to essentially cross-link only after injection, but nonetheless gel quickly enough so that they do not migrate back through the track of the incision. The gel degrades in the physiological fluid in or around the eye without causing inflammation by degrading into components that are biocompatible and not acidic. In some embodiments the gel adheres to the tissue.
- The hydrogel can be made to persist, or essentially persist, until after it has released its therapeutic agent contents, or until it has essentially released the contents. The hydrogel is preferably made so that the agent can diffuse through the hydrogel. One the one hand, allowing the agent to diffuse out of the gel removes an option for controlling a rate of drug delivery. For that reason, conventional practice with drug delivery from degradable materials is to require the material to degrade so that the drug can be released. In the case of a hydrogel, the distance between crosslinks can be made small enough so that a drug cannot move through the hydrogel until it erodes; it is the bioerosion rate that controls release. Nonetheless, abandoning the bioerosion-based approach can be useful. Accordingly, embodiments of the invention may be made with a hydrogel that allows diffusion of a therapeutic agent through the hydrogel. The matrix may be made with a spacing between crosslinks that allows diffusion.
- The term essentially released means, unless otherwise indicated, about 97% w/wi of the drug is released, meaning the drug in the hydrogel had an initial weight wi and a weight, w, at the time of measurement. Other endpoints may be chosen, for instance, from 50 to 100 percent; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 50, 60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 99.5, 99.9, 99.99 percent. The term range, unless, otherwise indicated, means that the numerical value can fall anywhere in the range. The term essentially persist means, unless otherwise indicated, about 97% w/wi of the dry weight of the hydrogel is retained, meaning hydrogel had an initial dry weight wi and a dry weight, w, at the time of measurement. Other endpoints may be chosen, for instance, from 50 to 100 percent persistence; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 50, 60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 99.5, 99.9, 99.99 percent. Persistence is the dry weight of the hydrogel relative to an initial dry weight of the hydrogel; this can be measured directly after washing an explanted hydrogel and accounting for the weight of tissue infiltrates, for instance, by digesting the depot and measuring the content of the hydrogel matrix after removing tissue infiltrates. Further, the ranges/values of persistence/release may be mixed and matched. For example, a hydrogel persistence of 95% when the drug is 99% released. As is evident, all of these percentage values are w/w unless otherwise indicated.
- It is also useful to speak of the hydrogel/drug combinations in terms of persistence and release at various points. For instance, it may be desirable to have a certain persistence when the release of the agent is at 50%. Accordingly, besides the persistence/release combinations already indicated, there can be a range of persistence from 0% to 100% and a range of release from 0% to 100%; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 49.9, 50, 50.1, 55, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, all being w/w percentages. Drug is a broad term that is used interchangeably herein with the term therapeutic agent.
- Stability and mechanical integrity are two further factors involved in controlling hydrogels. Stability, in this context, is stability of shape. At a time of formation, a hydrogel might be stable but then lose stability as it loses mechanical integrity, changing its shape, and becoming deformed, expanding or contracting. One measure of stability is change in volume (volume stability). The hydrogel, once hydrated in situ, will have an initial volume. The volume at 24 hours after placement is a usually good measure of initial volume since the hydrogel has fully equilibrated with local fluids and, for gels that degrade in a time span of two or more weeks, little degradation has taken place. Accordingly, hydrogels can be made with an initial volume of 100% and, if they are fully biodegraded, will eventually achieve a volume of 0%. Another metric for stability is the percentage change in position of the initial shape: an overlay of the shape at a point in time is compared to the initial shape (shape stability). The amount of volume of the initial shape that has not been moved and has not disappeared is calculated, with complete stability being 100% and complete ending of stability being 0%. Stability can be described relative to time, as in days, weeks, or months. And/or stability can be described relative to a release of an agent. When a hydrogel designed to be deployed as a cohesive mass is being used in vivo, the forces acting on the hydrogel will typically not deform it from its initial shape so long as the hydrogel retains its initial mechanical integrity. Therefore stability can be used as a proxy for mechanical integrity in many cases. Essentially stable means more than about 97% by shape or volume measure. Shape or volume stability can be set in light of persistence or release, and thus may be chosen to be a value, for example, from 80 to 100 percent when release is from 0 to 100 percent; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 49.9, 50, 50.1, 55, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, all being percentages of shape or volume or w/w release percentages.
- Stability and mechanical integrity can also be used to reference an injectable solution that comprises precursor(s) and maintains shape and mechanical integrity within a space from injection until it gels, whether that space be a vitreous body, or other location. Examples of another space are puncta (canaliculus, upper/lower canaliculus), ocular fornix, upper/lower ocular fornix, subtenon space, choroid, suprachoroid, tenon, cornea, cancer tissue, organ, prostate, breast, surgically created space or injury, void space, and potential space. Embodiments include in situ formation of a punctal plug, with precursor(s) being introduced into the canaliculus and forming a punctal plug there. Accordingly, the shape and volume stability, described above, is contemplated for the solution.
- In general, precursors may be combined as described herein at a site in or near an eye or other tissue to make a crosslinked hydrogel that comprises a therapeutic agent that is released into the eye to treat a disease over a suitable period of time. The hydrogel may be low-swelling, as measurable by the hydrogel having a weight increasing no more than about 10% or about 50% upon exposure to a physiological solution for twenty-four hours relative to a weight of the hydrogel at the time of formation; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated. The hydrogel also may be water-degradable, as measurable by the hydrogel being dissolvable in vitro in an excess of water by degradation of water-degradable groups in the hydrogel. A composition with the precursors mixed therein can be introduced through a small-gauge needle provided that the composition has a suitable viscosity, which in turn depends on precursor properties, concentrations, and chemistry. Further, the hydrogels' mechanical strengths and reaction time are adjusted though control of the precursors and functional groups. The precursors and hydrogels may have various features that can be mixed-and-matched as guided by the considerations for making an effective device; the following sections describe some of these features.
- The hydrogels are made from precursors. Precursors are chosen in consideration of the properties that are desired for the resultant hydrogel. There are various suitable precursors for use in making the hydrogels. The term precursor refers to those molecules crosslinked to form the hydrogel matrix. While other materials might be present in the hydrogel, such as therapeutic agents or fillers, they are not precursors. The term matrix is applicable for hydrogels. Such matrices include matrices with a water content of more than about 20% w/w; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 20%, 99%, 80%, 95%, at least 50%, and so forth, with the percentages being w/w and the solvent being water for hydrogels. Hydrogels may be formed by crosslinking water soluble molecules to form networks of essentially infinite molecular weight. Hydrogels with high water contents are typically soft, pliable materials. Hydrogels and drug delivery systems as described in U.S. Publication Nos. 2009/0017097, 2011/0142936 and 2012/0071865 may be adapted for use with the materials and methods herein by following the guidance provided herein; these references are hereby incorporated herein by reference for all purposes, and in case of conflict, the instant specification is controlling.
- Hydrogels may be formed from natural, synthetic, or biosynthetic polymers. Natural polymers may include glycosminoglycans, polysaccharides, and proteins. Some examples of glycosaminoglycans include dermatan sulfate, hyaluronic acid, the chondroitin sulfates, chitin, heparin, keratan sulfate, keratosulfate, and derivatives thereof. In general, the glycosaminoglycans are extracted from a natural source and purified and derivatized. However, they also may be synthetically produced or synthesized by modified microorganisms such as bacteria. These materials may be modified synthetically from a naturally soluble state to a partially soluble or water swellable or hydrogel state. This modification may be accomplished by various well-known techniques, such as by conjugation or replacement of ionizable or hydrogen bondable functional groups such as carboxyl and/or hydroxyl or amine groups with other more hydrophobic groups.
- For example, carboxyl groups on hyaluronic acid may be esterified by alcohols to decrease the solubility of the hyaluronic acid. Such processes are used by various manufacturers of hyaluronic acid products (such as Genzyme Corp., Cambridge, Mass.) to create hyaluronic acid based sheets, fibers, and fabrics that form hydrogels. Other natural polysaccharides, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or oxidized regenerated cellulose, natural gum, agar, agrose, sodium alginate, carrageenan, fucoidan, furcellaran, laminaran, hypnea, eucheuma, gum arabic, gum ghatti, gum karaya, gum tragacanth, locust beam gum, arbinoglactan, pectin, amylopectin, gelatin, hydrophilic colloids such as carboxymethyl cellulose gum or alginate gum crosslinked with a polyol such as propylene glycol, and the like, also form hydrogels upon contact with aqueous surroundings.
- Hydrogels may be biostable or biodegradable. Examples of biostable hydrophilic polymeric materials are poly(hydroxyalkyl methacrylate), poly(electrolyte complexes), poly(vinylacetate) cross-linked with hydrolysable or otherwise degradable bonds, and water-swellable N-vinyl lactams. Other hydrogels include hydrophilic hydrogels known as CARBOPOL®, an acidic carboxy polymer (Carbomer resins are high molecular weight, allylpentaerythritol-crosslinked, acrylic acid-based polymers, modified with C10-C30 alkyl acrylates), polyacrylamides, polyacrylic acid, starch graft copolymers, acrylate polymer, ester cross-linked polyglucan. Such hydrogels are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 3,640,741 to Etes, U.S. Pat. No. 3,865,108 to Hartop, U.S. Pat. No. 3,992,562 to Denzinger et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,002,173 to Manning et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,014,335 to Arnold and U.S. Pat. No. 4,207,893 to Michaels, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, with the present specification controlling in case of conflict.
- Hydrogels may be made from precursors. The precursors are crosslinked with each other. Crosslinks can be formed by covalent bonds or physical bonds. Examples of physical bonds are ionic bonds, hydrophobic association of precursor molecule segments, and crystallization of precursor molecule segments. The precursors can be triggered to react to form a crosslinked hydrogel. The precursors can be polymerizable and include crosslinkers that are often, but not always, polymerizable precursors. Polymerizable precursors are thus precursors that have functional groups that react with each other to form matrices and/or polymers made of repeating units. Precursors may be polymers.
- Some precursors thus react by chain-growth polymerization, also referred to as addition polymerization, and involve the linking together of monomers incorporating double or triple chemical bonds. These unsaturated monomers have extra internal bonds which are able to break and link up with other monomers to form the repeating chain. Monomers are polymerizable molecules with at least one group that reacts with other groups to form a polymer. A macromonomer (or macromer) is a polymer or oligomer that has at least one reactive group, often at the end, which enables it to act as a monomer; each macromonomer molecule is attached to the polymer by reaction the reactive group. Thus macromonomers with two or more monomers or other functional groups tend to form covalent crosslinks. Addition polymerization is involved in the manufacture of, e.g., polypropylene or polyvinyl chloride. One type of addition polymerization is living polymerization.
- Some precursors thus react by condensation polymerization that occurs when monomers bond together through condensation reactions. Typically these reactions can be achieved through reacting molecules incorporating alcohol, amine or carboxylic acid (or other carboxyl derivative) functional groups. When an amine reacts with a carboxylic acid an amide or peptide bond is formed, with the release of water. Some condensation reactions follow a nucleophilic acyl substitution, e.g., as in U.S. Pat. No. 6,958,212, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety to the extent it does not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein. Some precursors react by a chain growth mechanism. Chain growth polymers are defined as polymers formed by the reaction of monomers or macromonomers with a reactive center. A reactive center is a particular location within a chemical compound that is the initiator of a reaction in which the chemical is involved. In chain-growth polymer chemistry, this is also the point of propagation for a growing chain. The reactive center is commonly radical, anionic, or cationic in nature, but can also take other forms. Chain growth systems include free radical polymerization, which involves a process of initiation, propagation and termination. Initiation is the creation of free radicals necessary for propagation, as created from radical initiators, e.g., organic peroxide molecules. Termination occurs when a radical reacts in a way that prevents further propagation. The most common method of termination is by coupling where two radical species react with each other forming a single molecule. Some precursors react by a step growth mechanism, and are polymers formed by the stepwise reaction between functional groups of monomers. Most step growth polymers are also classified as condensation polymers, but not all step growth polymers release condensates. Monomers may be polymers or small molecules. A polymer is a high molecular weight molecule formed by combining many smaller molecules (monomers) in a regular pattern. Oligomers are polymers having less than about 20 monomeric repeat units. A small molecule generally refers to a molecule that is less than about 2000 Daltons. The precursors may thus be small molecules, such as acrylic acid or vinyl caprolactam, larger molecules containing polymerizable groups, such as acrylate-capped polyethylene glycol (PEG-diacrylate), or other polymers containing ethylenically-unsaturated groups, such as those of U.S. Pat. No. 4,938,763 to Dunn et al, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,100,992 and 4,826,945 to Cohn et al, or U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,741,872 and 5,160,745 to DeLuca et al., each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety to the extent it does not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein.
- To form covalently crosslinked hydrogels, the precursors must be covalently crosslinked together. In general, polymeric precursors are polymers that will be joined to other polymeric precursors at two or more points, with each point being a linkage to the same or different polymers. Precursors with at least two reactive centers (for example, in free radical polymerization) can serve as crosslinkers since each reactive group can participate in the formation of a different growing polymer chain. In the case of functional groups without a reactive center, among others, crosslinking requires three or more such functional groups on at least one of the precursor types. For instance, many electrophilic-nucleophilic reactions consume the electrophilic and nucleophilic functional groups so that a third functional group is needed for the precursor to form a crosslink. Such precursors thus may have three or more functional groups and may be crosslinked by precursors with two or more functional groups. A crosslinked molecule may be crosslinked via an ionic or covalent bond, a physical force, or other attraction. A covalent crosslink, however, will typically offer stability and predictability in reactant product architecture.
- In some embodiments, each precursor is multifunctional, meaning that it comprises two or more electrophilic or nucleophilic functional groups, such that a nucleophilic functional group on one precursor may react with an electrophilic functional group on another precursor to form a covalent bond. At least one of the precursors comprises more than two functional groups, so that, as a result of electrophilic-nucleophilic reactions, the precursors combine to form crosslinked polymeric products.
- The precursors may have biologically inert and hydrophilic portions, e.g., a core. In the case of a branched polymer, a core refers to a contiguous portion of a molecule joined to arms that extend from the core, with the arms having a functional group, which is often at the terminus of the branch. A hydrophilic molecule, e.g., a precursor or precursor portion, has a solubility of at least 1 g/100 mL in an aqueous solution. A hydrophilic portion may be, for instance, a polyether, for example, polyalkylene oxides such as polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyethylene oxide (PEO), polyethylene oxide-co-polypropylene oxide (PPO), co-polyethylene oxide block or random copolymers, and polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), poly (vinyl pyrrolidinone) (PVP), poly (amino acids, dextran, or a protein. The precursors may have a polyalkylene glycol portion and may be polyethylene glycol based, with at least about 80% or 90% by weight of the polymer comprising polyethylene oxide repeats. The polyethers and more particularly poly (oxyalkylenes) or poly (ethylene glycol) or polyethylene glycol are generally hydrophilic. As is customary in these arts, the term PEG is used to refer to PEO with or without hydroxyl end groups.
- A precursor may also be a macromolecule (or macromer), which is a molecule having a molecular weight in the range of a thousand to many millions. The hydrogel may be made with at least one of the precursors as a small molecule of about 1000 Da or less (alternatively: 2000 Da or less). The macromolecule, when reacted in combination with a small molecule (of about 1000 Da or less/200 Da or less), is preferably at least five to fifty times greater in molecular weight than the small molecule and is preferably less than about 60,000 Da; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated. A more preferred range is a macromolecule that is about seven to about thirty times greater in molecular weight than the crosslinker and a most preferred range is about ten to twenty times difference in weight. Further, a macromolecular molecular weight of 5,000 to 50,000 is useful, as is a molecular weight of 7,000 to 40,000 or a molecular weight of 10,000 to 20,000. There are certain advantage to having a small molecule, such as diffusivity for completion of reactions.
- Certain macromeric precursors are the crosslinkable, biodegradable, water-soluble macromers described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,410,016 to Hubbell et al, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety to the extent it does not contradict what is explicitly disclosed. These macromers are characterized by having at least two polymerizable groups, separated by at least one degradable region.
- Synthetic precursors may be used. Synthetic refers to a molecule not found in nature or not normally found in a human. Some synthetic precursors are free of amino acids or free of amino acid sequences that occur in nature. Some synthetic precursors are polypeptides that are not found in nature or are not normally found in a human body, e.g., di-, tri-, or tetra-lysine. Some synthetic molecules have amino acid residues but only have one, two, or three that are contiguous, with the amino acids or clusters thereof being separated by non-natural polymers or groups. Polysaccharides or their derivatives are thus not synthetic.
- Alternatively, natural proteins or polysaccharides may be adapted for use with these methods, e.g., collagens, fibrin(ogen)s, albumins, alginates, hyaluronic acid, and heparins. These natural molecules may further include chemical derivitization, e.g., synthetic polymer decorations. The natural molecule may be crosslinked via its native nucleophiles or after it is derivatized with functional groups, e.g., as in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,304,595, 5,324,775, 6,371,975, and 7,129,210, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference to the extent it does not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein. Natural refers to a molecule found in nature. Natural polymers, for example proteins or glycosaminoglycans, e.g., collagen, fibrinogen, albumin, and fibrin, may be crosslinked using reactive precursor species with electrophilic functional groups. Natural polymers normally found in the body are proteolytically degraded by proteases present in the body. Such polymers may be reacted via functional groups such as amines, thiols, or carboxyls on their amino acids or derivatized to have activatable functional groups. While natural polymers may be used in hydrogels, their time to gelation and ultimate mechanical properties must be controlled by appropriate introduction of additional functional groups and selection of suitable reaction conditions, e.g., pH.
- Precursors may be made with a hydrophobic portion provided that the resultant hydrogel retains the requisite amount of water, e.g., at least about 20%. In some cases, the precursor is nonetheless soluble in water because it also has a hydrophilic portion. In other cases, the precursor makes dispersion in the water (a suspension) but is nonetheless reactable to from a crosslinked material. Some hydrophobic portions may include a plurality of alkyls, polypropylenes, alkyl chains, or other groups. Some precursors with hydrophobic portions are sold under the trade names PLURONIC F68, JEFFAMINE, or TECTRONIC. A hydrophobic molecule or a hydrophobic portion of a copolymer or the like is one that is sufficiently hydrophobic to cause the molecule (e.g., polymer or copolymer) to aggregate to form micelles or microphases involving the hydrophobic domains in an aqueous continuous phase or one that, when tested by itself, is sufficiently hydrophobic to precipitate from, or otherwise change phase while within, an aqueous solution of water at pH from about 7 to about 7.5 at temperatures from about 30 to about 50 degrees Centigrade.
- Embodiments of the invention include choosing a low-solubility agent or agent with other solubility as set forth herein and choosing a precursor that comprises hydrophobic and hydrophilic portions. The hydrophobic/hydrophilic precursor may comprise one or more functional groups: nucleophiles or electrophiles. The hydrophilic portion, the hydrophobic portion, or both, may be chosen to receive such functional groups.
- Precursors may have, e.g., 2-100 arms, with each arm having a terminus, bearing in mind that some precursors may be dendrimers or other highly branched materials. An arm on a hydrogel precursor refers to a linear chain of chemical groups that connect a crosslinkable functional group to a polymer core. Some embodiments are precursors with between 3 and 300 arms; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g., 4 to 16, 8 to 100, or at least 6 arms.
- Thus hydrogels can be made, e.g., from a multi-armed precursor with a first set of functional groups and a low molecular-weight precursor having a second set of functional groups. For example, a six-armed or eight-armed precursor may have hydrophilic arms, e.g., polyethylene glycol, terminated with primary amines, with the molecular weight of the arms being about 1,000 to about 40,000; artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values within the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated. Such precursors may be mixed with relatively smaller precursors, for example, molecules with a molecular weight of between about 100 and about 5000, or no more than about 800, 1000, 2000, or 5000 having at least about three functional groups, or between about 3 to about 16 functional groups; ordinary artisans will appreciate that all ranges and values between these explicitly articulated values are contemplated. Such small molecules may be polymers or non-polymers and natural or synthetic.
- Precursors that are not dendrimers may be used. Dendritic molecules are highly branched radially symmetrical polymers in which the atoms are arranged in many arms and subarms radiating out from a central core. Dendrimers are characterized by their degree of structural perfection as based on the evaluation of both symmetry and polydispersity and require particular chemical processes to synthesize. Accordingly, an artisan can readily distinguish dendrimer precursors from non-dendrimer precursors. Dendrimers have a shape that is typically dependent on the solubility of its component polymers in a given environment, and can change substantially according to the solvent or solutes around it, e.g., changes in temperature, pH, or ion content.
- Precursors may be dendrimers, e.g., as in U.S. Publication Nos. 2004/0086479 and 2004/0131582 and PCT Publication Nos. WO07005249, WO07001926 and WO06031358, or the U.S. counterparts thereof; dendrimers may also be useful as multifunctional precursors, e.g., as in U.S. Publication Nos. 2004/0131582 and 2004/0086479 and PCT Publication Nos. WO06031388 and WO06031388; each of which US and PCT applications are hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety to the extent they do not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein. Dendrimers are highly ordered possess high surface area to volume ratios, and exhibit numerous end groups for potential functionalization. Embodiments include multifunctional precursors that are not dendrimers.
- Some embodiments include a precursor that consists essentially of an oligopeptide sequence of no more than five residues, e.g., amino acids comprising at least one amine, thiol, carboxyl, or hydroxyl side chain. A residue is an amino acid, either as occurring in nature or derivatized thereof. The backbone of such an oligopeptide may be natural or synthetic. In some embodiments, peptides of two or more amino acids are combined with a synthetic backbone to make a precursor; certain embodiments of such precursors have a molecular weight in the range of about 100 to about 10,000 or about 300 to about 500 Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between these explicitly articulated bounds are contemplated.
- Precursors may be prepared to be free of amino acid sequences cleavable by enzymes present at the site of introduction, including free of sequences susceptible to attach by metalloproteinases and/or collagenases. Further, precursors may be made to be free of all amino acids, or free of amino acid sequences of more than about 50, 30, 20, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 amino acids. Precursors may be non-proteins, meaning that they are not a naturally occurring protein and cannot be made by cleaving a naturally occurring protein and cannot be made by adding synthetic materials to a protein. Precursors may be non-collagen, non-fibrin, non-fibrinogen, and non-albumin, meaning that they are not one of these proteins and are not chemical derivatives of one of these proteins. The use of non-protein precursors and limited use of amino acid sequences can be helpful for avoiding immune reactions, avoiding unwanted cell recognition, and avoiding the hazards associated with using proteins derived from natural sources. Precursors can also be non-saccharides (free of saccharides) or essentially non-saccharides (free of more than about 5% saccharides by w/w of the precursor molecular weight. Thus a precursor may, for example, exclude hyaluronic acid, heparin, or gellan. Precursors can also be both non-proteins and non-saccharides.
- Peptides may be used as precursors. In general, peptides with less than about 10 residues are preferred, although larger sequences (e.g., proteins) may be used. Artisans will immediately appreciate that every range and value within these explicit bounds is included, e.g., 1-10, 2-9, 3-10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. Some amino acids have nucleophilic groups (e.g., primary amines or thiols) or groups that can be derivatized as needed to incorporate nucleophilic groups or electrophilic groups (e.g., carboxyls or hydroxyls). Polyamino acid polymers generated synthetically are normally considered to be synthetic if they are not found in nature and are engineered not to be identical to naturally occurring biomolecules.
- Some hydrogels are made with a polyethylene glycol-containing precursor. Polyethylene glycol (PEG, also referred to as polyethylene oxide when occurring in a high molecular weight) refers to a polymer with a repeat group (CH2CH2O)n, with n being at least 3. A polymeric precursor having a polyethylene glycol thus has at least three of these repeat groups connected to each other in a linear series. The polyethylene glycol content of a polymer or arm is calculated by adding up all of the polyethylene glycol groups on the polymer or arm, even if they are interrupted by other groups. Thus, an arm having at least 1000 MW polyethylene glycol has enough CH2CH2O groups to total at least 1000 MW. As is customary terminology in these arts, a polyethylene glycol polymer does not necessarily refer to a molecule that terminates in a hydroxyl group. Molecular weights are abbreviated in thousands using the symbol k, e.g., with 15 K meaning 15,000 molecular weight, i.e., 15,000 Daltons. Molecular weights expressed herein are number average molecular weights unless otherwise specified. NH2 refers to an amine termination. SG refers to succinimidyl glutarate. SS refers to succinimidyl succinate. SAP refers to succinimidyl adipate. SAZ refers to succinimidyl azelate. SS, SG, SAP and SAZ are succinimidyl esters that have an ester group that degrades by hydrolysis in water. Hydrolytically degradable or water-degradable thus refers to a material that would spontaneously degrade in vitro in an excess of water without any enzymes or cells present to mediate the degradation. A time for degradation refers to effective disappearance of the material as judged by the naked eye. Trilysine (also abbreviated LLL) is a synthetic tripeptide. PEG and/or hydrogels, as well as compositions that comprise the same, may be provided in a form that is pharmaceutically acceptable, meaning that it is highly purified and free of contaminants, e.g., pyrogens.
- The hydrogel's structure and the material composition of the hydrogel's precursors determine its properties. Precursor factors include properties such as biocompatibility, water solubility, hydrophilicity, molecular weight, arm length, number of arms, functional groups, distance between crosslinks, degradability, and the like. The choice of reaction conditions also effects the hydrogel's structure and properties, including choices of solvents, reaction schemes, reactant concentrations, solids content, and the like. There can be a variety of ways to achieve certain properties, or combination of properties. On the other hand some properties are in tension with each other, for instance brittleness may increase as a distance between crosslinks or solids content increases. Strength may be increased by increasing the number of crosslinks but swelling may thereby be reduced. Artisans will appreciate that the same materials may be used to make matrices with a great range of structures that will have highly distinct mechanical properties and performance, such that the achievement of a particular property should not be merely assumed based on the general types of precursors that are involved.
- The spacing between molecular strands of the hydrogel (the matrix) affects several hydrogel properties, including a rate of diffusion of molecules. The crosslinking density can be controlled by the choice of the overall molecular weight of the precursor(s) used as crosslinker(s) and other precursor(s) and the number of functional groups available per precursor molecule. A lower molecular weight between crosslinks such as 200 will give much higher crosslinking density as compared to a higher molecular weight between crosslinks such as 500,000; artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values within this range are contemplated and supported, e.g., 200 to 250,000, 500 to 400,000, 5,000, 10,000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, 50,000, 60,000, 70,000, 80,000, 90,000, 100,000, and so forth. The crosslinking density also may be controlled by the overall percent solids of the crosslinker and functional polymer solutions. Yet another method to control crosslink density is by adjusting the stoichiometry of nucleophilic functional groups to electrophilic functional groups. A one to one ratio leads to the highest crosslink density. Precursors with longer distances between crosslinkable sites form gels that are generally softer, more compliant, and more elastic. Thus an increased length of a water-soluble segment, such as a polyethylene glycol, tends to enhance elasticity to produce desirable physical properties. Thus certain embodiments are directed to precursors with water soluble segments having molecular weights in the range of 2,000 to 100,000; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g. 5,000 to 35,000. The solids content of the hydrogel can affect its mechanical properties and biocompatibility and reflects a balance between competing requirements. A relatively low solids content is useful, e.g., between about 2.5% to about 20%, including all ranges and values there between, e.g., about 2.5% to about 10%, about 5% to about 15%, or less than about 15%.
- One way to construct the materials so that the delay is controlled or minimized is to design the hydrogels with different rates of diffusion for the agent. Often the molecular weight (MW) of the agent is the controlling variable. There are a number of approaches for relating hydrogel properties to diffusion. These include the free volume theory, the hydrodynamic theory, the obstruction theory, combination theories, and parameters such as mesh size, sieving terms, distributions of openings between chains, and so forth (Amsden, Macromolecules (1998) 31:8382-8395). In practice, however, hydrogels can be made with various distances between their crosslinks and tested for a particular molecule to create a hydrogel that provides a desired diffusion rate. In general, a distance between crosslinks that is large compared to the molecule's size provides for a high rate of diffusion, a distance between crosslinks that is small compared to the molecule's size provides for a slow diffusion, and a distance between crosslinks that is smaller than the molecule provides for essentially no diffusion. A molecule's molecular weight is generally a useful measure of it size. There are other factors that can be important and these can be accounted for when creating the hydrogel: for instance, interactions between the molecule and the hydrogel, such as affinity or charge-charge, and solvent effects such as hydrophobicity of the molecule.
- Reaction kinetics are generally controlled in light of the particular functional groups unless an external initiator or chain transfer agent is required, in which case triggering the initiator or manipulating the transfer agent can be a controlling step. In some embodiments, the molecular weights of the precursors are used to affect reaction times. Precursors with lower molecular weights tend to speed the reaction, so that some embodiments have at least one precursor with a molecular weight of at least 5,000 to 50,000 or 150,000 Daltons. Preferably the crosslinking reaction leading to gelation occurs within about 0.1 to about 10 or to about 30 minutes; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g., at least 120 seconds, or between 5 to 600 seconds, e.g., 5, 10, 30, 60, 100, 200, 300 seconds. Gelation time is measured by applying the precursors to a flat surface and determining the time at which there is substantially no flow down the surface when it is titled at an angle of about 60 degrees (i.e., a steep angle, close to perpendicular).
- The hydrogel is generally low-swelling, as measurable by the hydrogel having a weight increasing no more than about 0% to about 10% or to about 50% upon exposure to a physiological solution for twenty-four hours relative to a weight of the hydrogel at the time of formation. One embodiment for reducing swelling is to increase the number of crosslinks, bearing in mind, however, that crosslinks can increase rigidity or brittleness. Another embodiment is to reduce the average chain distance between crosslinks. Another embodiment is to use precursors with many arms, as explained below.
- Another embodiment to reduce swelling is to control the degree of hydrophilicity, with less hydrophilic materials tending to swell less; for instance, highly hydrophilic materials such as PEOs can be combined with less hydrophilic materials such as PPO or even hydrophobic groups such as alkyls.
- Another embodiment to reduce swelling is to choose precursors that have a high degree of solvation at the time of crosslinking but subsequently become less solvated and having a radius of solvation that effectively shrinks; in other words, the precursor is spread-out in solution when crosslinked but later contracts. Changes to pH, temperature, solids concentration, and solvent environment can cause such changes; moreover, an increase in the number of branches (with other factors being held effectively constant) will tend to also have this effect. The number of arms are believed to stericly hinder each other so that they spread-out before crosslinking, but these steric effects are offset by other factors after polymerization. In some embodiments, precursors have a plurality of similar charges so as to achieve these effects, e.g., a plurality of functional groups having a negative charge, or a plurality of arms each having a positive charge, or each arm having a functional group of similar charges before crosslinking or other reaction.
- Hydrogels described herein can include hydrogels that swell minimally after deposition. Such medical low-swellable hydrogels may have a weight upon polymerization that increases no more than, e.g., about 50%, about 10%, about 5%, about 0% by weight upon reaching an equilibrium water content upon exposure to a physiological solution, or that shrink (decrease in weight and volume), e.g., by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, or more. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values within or otherwise relating to these explicitly articulated limits are disclosed herein. Unless otherwise indicated, swelling of a hydrogel relates to its change in volume (or weight) between the time of its formation when crosslinking is effectively complete and the time after being placed in vitro a physiological solution in an unconstrained state for twenty-four hours, at which point it may be reasonably assumed to have achieved its equilibrium swelling state. For most embodiments, crosslinking is effectively complete within no more than about fifteen minutes such that the initial weight can generally be noted at about 15 minutes after formation as Weight at initial formation. Accordingly, this formula is used: % swelling=[(Weight at 24 hours−Weight at initial formation)/Weight at initial formation]*100. n the case of hydrogels that have substantial degradation over twenty-four hours, the maximum weight may be used instead of a 24-hour weight, e.g., as measured by taking successive measurements. The weight of the hydrogel includes the weight of the solution in the hydrogel. A hydrogel formed in a location wherein it is constrained is not necessarily a low-swelling hydrogel. For instance, a swellable hydrogel created in a body may be constrained from swelling by its surroundings but nonetheless may be a highly swellable hydrogel as evidenced by measurements of its swelling when unconstrained and/or the forces against a constraint.
- The precursors for covalent crosslinking have functional groups that react with each other to form the material via covalent bonds, either outside a patient, or in situ. The functional groups generally are polymerizable, a broad category that encompasses free radical, addition, and condensation polymerization and also groups for electrophile-nucleophile reactions. Various aspects of polymerization reactions are discussed in the precursors section herein.
- Thus in some embodiments, precursors have a polymerizable group that is activated by photoinitiation or redox systems as used in the polymerization arts, or electrophilic functional groups, for instance: carbodiimidazole, sulfonyl chloride, chlorocarbonates, n-hydroxysuccinimidyl ester, succinimidyl ester or sulfasuccinimidyl esters, or as in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,410,016 or 6,149,931, each of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety to the extent they do not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein. The nucleophilic functional groups may be, for example, amine, hydroxyl, carboxyl, and thiol. Another class of electrophiles are acyls, e.g., as in U.S. Pat. No. 6,958,212, which describes, among other things, Michael addition schemes for reacting polymers.
- Certain functional groups, such as alcohols or carboxylic acids, do not normally react with other functional groups, such as amines, under physiological conditions (e.g., pH 7.2-11.0, 37° C.). However, such functional groups can be made more reactive by using an activating group such as N-hydroxysuccinimide. Certain activating groups include carbonyldiimidazole, sulfonyl chloride, aryl halides, sulfosuccinimidyl esters, N-hydroxysuccinimidyl ester, succinimidyl ester, epoxide, aldehyde, maleimides, imidoesters and the like. The N-hydroxysuccinimide esters or N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide (NHS) groups are useful groups for crosslinking of proteins or amine-containing polymers, e.g., amino terminated polyethylene glycol. An advantage of an NHS-amine reaction is that the reaction kinetics are favorable, but the gelation rate may be adjusted through pH or concentration. The NHS-amine crosslinking reaction leads to formation of N-hydroxysuccinimide as a side product. Sulfonated or ethoxylated forms of N-hydroxysuccinimide have a relatively increased solubility in water and hence their rapid clearance from the body. An NHS-amine crosslinking reaction may be carried out in aqueous solutions and in the presence of buffers, e.g., phosphate buffer (pH 5.0-7.5), triethanolamine buffer (pH 7.5-9.0), or borate buffer (pH 9.0-12), or sodium bicarbonate buffer (pH 9.0-10.0). Aqueous solutions of NHS based crosslinkers and functional polymers preferably are made just before the crosslinking reaction due to reaction of NHS groups with water. The reaction rate of these groups may be delayed by keeping these solutions at lower pH (pH 4-7). Buffers may also be included in the hydrogels introduced into a body.
- In some embodiments, each precursor comprises only nucleophilic or only electrophilic functional groups, so long as both nucleophilic and electrophilic precursors are used in the crosslinking reaction. Thus, for example, if a crosslinker has nucleophilic functional groups such as amines, the functional polymer may have electrophilic functional groups such as N-hydroxysuccinimides. On the other hand, if a crosslinker has electrophilic functional groups such as sulfosuccinimides, then the functional polymer may have nucleophilic functional groups such as amines or thiols. Thus, functional polymers such as proteins, poly(allyl amine), or amine-terminated di- or multifunctional poly(ethylene glycol) can be used.
- One embodiment has reactive precursor species with 2 to 16 nucleophilic functional groups each and reactive precursor species with 2 to 16 electrophilic functional groups each; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, for
instance - The functional groups may be, e.g., electrophiles reactable with nucleophiles, groups reactable with specific nucleophiles, e.g., primary amines, groups that form amide bonds with materials in the biological fluids, groups that form amide bonds with carboxyls, activated-acid functional groups, or a combination of the same. The functional groups may be, e.g., a strong electrophilic functional group, meaning an electrophilic functional group that effectively forms a covalent bond with a primary amine in aqueous solution at pH 9.0 at room temperature and pressure and/or an electrophilic group that reacts by a of Michael-type reaction. The strong electrophile may be of a type that does not participate in a Michaels-type reaction or of a type that participates in a Michaels-type reaction.
- A Michael-type reaction refers to the 1, 4 addition reaction of a nucleophile on a conjugate unsaturated system. The addition mechanism could be purely polar, or proceed through a radical-like intermediate state(s); Lewis acids or appropriately designed hydrogen bonding species can act as catalysts. The term conjugation can refer both to alternation of carbon-carbon, carbon-heteroatom or heteroatom-heteroatom multiple bonds with single bonds, or to the linking of a functional group to a macromolecule, such as a synthetic polymer or a protein. Michael-type reactions are discussed in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 6,958,212, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety for all purposes to the extent it does not contradict what is explicitly disclosed herein.
- Examples of strong electrophiles that do not participate in a Michaels-type reaction are: succinimides, succinimidyl esters, or NHS-esters. Examples of Michael-type electrophiles are acrylates, methacrylates, methylmethacrylates, and other unsaturated polymerizable groups.
- Some precursors react using initiators. An initiator group is a chemical group capable of initiating a free radical polymerization reaction. For instance, it may be present as a separate component, or as a pendent group on a precursor. Initiator groups include thermal initiators, photoactivatable initiators, and oxidation-reduction (redox) systems. Long wave UV and visible light photoactivatable initiators include, for example, ethyl eosin groups, 2, 2-dimethoxy-2-phenyl acetophenone groups, other acetophenone derivatives, thioxanthone groups, benzophenone groups, and camphorquinone groups. Examples of thermally reactive initiators include 4, 4′ azobis (4-cyanopentanoic acid) groups, and analogs of benzoyl peroxide groups. Several commercially available low temperature free radical initiators, such as V-044, available from Wako Chemicals USA, Inc., Richmond, Va., may be used to initiate free radical crosslinking reactions at body temperatures to form hydrogel coatings with the aforementioned monomers.
- Metal ions may be used either as an oxidizer or a reductant in redox initiating systems. For example, ferrous ions may be used in combination with a peroxide or hydroperoxide to initiate polymerization, or as parts of a polymerization system. In this case, the ferrous ions would serve as a reductant. Alternatively, metal ions may serve as an oxidant. For example, the ceric ion (4+ valence state of cerium) interacts with various organic groups, including carboxylic acids and urethanes, to remove an electron to the metal ion, and leave an initiating radical behind on the organic group. In such a system, the metal ion acts as an oxidizer. Potentially suitable metal ions for either role are any of the transition metal ions, lanthanides and actinides, which have at least two readily accessible oxidation states. Particularly useful metal ions have at least two states separated by only one difference in charge. Of these, the most commonly used are ferric/ferrous; cupric/cuprous; ceric/cerous; cobaltic/cobaltous; vanadate V vs. IV; permanganate; and manganic/manganous. Peroxygen containing compounds, such as peroxides and hydroperoxides, including hydrogen peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, t-butyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, cumyl peroxide may be used.
- An example of an initiating system is the combination of a peroxygen compound in one solution, and a reactive ion, such as a transition metal, in another. In this case, no external initiators of polymerization are needed and polymerization proceeds spontaneously and without application of external energy or use of an external energy source when two complementary reactive functional groups containing moieties interact at the application site.
- Precursors for making hydrogels and/or hydrogels made from precursors may be free of one or more of: initiators, photoactivable groups, and visualization agents, imaging agents.
- A visualization agent may be present in the hydrogel; it reflects or emits light at a wavelength detectable to a human eye so that a user applying the hydrogel could observe the object when it contains an effective amount of the agent. Chemicals that require a machine aid for imaging are referred to as imaging agents herein, and examples include: radioopaque contrast agents and ultrasound contrast agents. Some biocompatible visualization agents are
FD&C BLUE # 1,FD&C BLUE # 2, and methylene blue. These agents, if used, are preferably present in the final electrophilic-nucleophilic reactive precursor species mix at a concentration of more than 0.05 mg/ml and preferably in a concentration range of at least 0.1 to about 12 mg/ml, and more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 4.0 mg/ml, although greater concentrations may potentially be used, up to the limit of solubility of the visualization agent. Visualization agents may be covalently linked to the molecular network of the xerogel/hydrogel, thus preserving visualization after application to a patient until the hydrogel hydrolyzes to dissolution. Visualization agents may be selected from among any of the various non-toxic colored substances suitable for use in medical implantable medical devices, such asFD&C BLUE dyes - An hydrogel may be formed so that, upon hydration in physiological solution, a hydrogel is formed that is water-degradable, as measurable by the hydrogel losing its mechanical strength and eventually dissipating in vitro in an excess of water by hydrolytic degradation of water-degradable groups. This test is predictive of hydrolytically-driven dissolution in vivo, a process that is in contrast to cell or protease-driven degradation. Significantly, however, polyanhydrides or other conventionally-used degradable materials that degrade to acidic components tend to cause inflammation in tissues. The hydrogels, however, may exclude such materials, and may be free of polyanhydrides, anhydride bonds, and/or free of precursors that degrade into acid or diacids, and/or free of PLA, PLGA, PLA/PLGA.
- For example, electrophilic groups such as SG (N-hydroxysuccinimidyl glutarate), SS (N-hydroxysuccinimidyl succinate), SC (N-hydroxysuccinimidyl carbonate), SAP (N-hydroxysuccinimidyl adipate) or SAZ (N-hydroxysuccinimidyl azelate) may be used and have esteric linkages that are hydrolytically labile. More linear hydrophobic linkages such as pimelate, suberate, azelate or sebacate linkages may also be used, with these linkages being less degradable than succinate, glutarate or adipate linkages. Branched, cyclic or other hydrophobic linkages may also be used. Polyethylene glycols and other precursors may be prepared with these groups. The crosslinked hydrogel degradation may proceed by the water-driven hydrolysis of the biodegradable segment when water-degradable materials are used. Polymers that include ester linkages may also be included to provide a desired degradation rate, with groups being added or subtracted near the esters to increase or decrease the rate of degradation. Thus it is possible to construct a hydrogel with a desired degradation profile, from a few days to many months, using a degradable segment. If polyglycolate is used as the biodegradable segment, for instance, a crosslinked polymer could be made to degrade in about 1 to about 30 days depending on the crosslinking density of the network. Similarly, a polycaprolactone based crosslinked network can be made to degrade in about 1 to about 8 months. The degradation time generally varies according to the type of degradable segment used, in the following order: polyglycolate<polylactate<polytrimethylene carbonate<polycaprolactone. Thus it is possible to construct a hydrogel with a desired degradation profile, from a few days to many months, using a degradable segment. Some embodiments include precursors that are free of adjacent ester groups and/or have no more than one ester group per arm on one or more of the precursors: control of the number and position of the esters can assist in uniform degradation of the hydrogel.
- A biodegradable linkage in the organogel and/or xerogel and/or hydrogel and/or precursor may be water-degradable or enzymatically degradable. Illustrative water-degradable biodegradable linkages include polymers, copolymers and oligomers of glycolide, dl-lactide, 1-lactide, dioxanone, esters, carbonates, and trimethylene carbonate. Illustrative enzymatically biodegradable linkages include peptidic linkages cleavable by metalloproteinases and collagenases. Examples of biodegradable linkages include polymers and copolymers of poly(hydroxy acid)s, poly(orthocarbonate)s, poly(anhydride)s, poly(lactone)s, poly(aminoacid)s, poly(carbonate)s, and poly(phosphonate)s.
- If it is desired that a biocompatible crosslinked matrix be biodegradable or absorbable, one or more precursors having biodegradable linkages (or just one biodegradable linkage, for example an ester) present in between the functional groups may be used. The biodegradable linkage optionally also may serve as the water soluble core of one or more of the precursors used to make the matrix. For each approach, biodegradable linkages may be chosen such that the resulting biodegradable biocompatible crosslinked polymer will degrade or be absorbed in a desired period of time.
- The eye is a very sensitive organ. The inventors observed that fragmentation of biodegradable implants in the eye was a particular factor that was contradicting biocompatibility. Besides its sensitivity, the interior of the eye is a small space such that the agent has to be present at a high concentrations if an extended time of release is a goal. It is believed, without being bound to a single theory, that, in this environment in particular, the presence of the drug when implants reached a stage of becoming fragmented is exacerbating bio-responses to the materials. The macrophages can begin to recognize the drug as a foreign substance when the fragments are cell-sized or bacterial-sized. Biologic drugs tend to provoke this response, but even small molecule drugs are believed to have an unwanted enhancing effect. Therefore, instead of minimizing persistence of the implant, embodiments include hydrogels with an extended persistence time that enhances biocompatibility. The persistence time may be extended until the agent, or agents, in the hydrogel are fully released. This approach enhances biocompatibility.
- Therapeutic agents include, for example, agents for treating conditions that may result from inflammatory or abnormal vascular conditions, retinal vein occlusion, geographic atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, retinoblastoma, etc. For cancer, agents may be, e.g., anti-cancer drugs, anti-VEGFs, or drugs known for use in cancer treatment.
- Therapeutic agents may be those that are, e.g., anti-VEGF, blocks VEGFR1, blocks VEGFR2, blocks VEGFR3, anti-PDGF, anti-angiogenesis, Sunitinib, E7080, Takeda-6d, Tivozanib, Regorafenib, Sorafenib, Pazopanib, Axitinib, Nintedanib, Cediranib, Vatalanib, Motesanib, macrolides, sirolimus, everolimus, tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs), Imatinib (GLEEVAC) gefinitib (IRESSA), toceranib (PALLADIA), Erlotinib (TARCEVA), Lapatinib (TYKERB) Nilotinib, Bosutinib Neratinib, lapatinib, Vatalanib, dasatinib, erlotinib, gefitinib, imatinib, lapatinib, lestaurtinib, nilotinib, semaxanib, toceranib, vandetanib.
- The therapeutic agent may comprise a macromolecule, for example an antibody or antibody fragment. The therapeutic macromolecule may comprise a VEGF inhibitor, for example ranibizumab, the active ingredient in the commercially available Lucentis™. The VEGF (Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor) inhibitor can cause regression of the abnormal blood vessels and improvement of vision when released into the vitreous humor of the eye. Examples of VEGF inhibitors include Lucentis™ (ranibizumab), Eylea™ (aflibercept or VEGF Trap), Avastin™ (bevacizumab), Macugen™ (pegaptanib). Platelet derived growth factor (PDGF) inhibitors may also be delivered, e.g. Fovista™, an anti-PGDF aptamer.
- The therapeutic agent may comprise small molecules such as of a steroid or corticosteroid and analogues thereof. For example, the therapeutic corticosteroid may comprise one or more of trimacinalone, trimacinalone acetonide, dexamethasone, dexamethasone acetate, fluocinolone, fluocinolone acetate, loteprednol etabonate, or analogues thereof. Alternatively or in combination, the small molecules of therapeutic agent may comprise a tyrosine kinase inhibitor.
- The therapeutic agent may comprise an anti-VEGF therapeutic agent. Anti-VEGF therapies and agents can be used in the treatment of certain cancers and in age-related macular degeneration. Examples of anti-VEGF therapeutic agents suitable for use in accordance with the embodiments described herein include one or more of monoclonal antibodies such as bevacizumab (Avastin™) or antibody derivatives such as ranibizumab (Lucentis™), or small molecules that inhibit the tyrosine kinases stimulated by VEGF such as lapatinib (Tykerb™), sunitinib (Sutent™) sorafenib (Nexavar™), axitinib, or pazopanib.
- The therapeutic agent may comprise a therapeutic agent suitable for treatment of dry AMD such as one or more of Sirolimus™ (Rapamycin), Copaxone™ (Glatiramer Acetate), Othera™ Complement C5aR blocker, Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor, Fenretinide or Rheopheresis.
- The therapeutic agent may comprise a therapeutic agent suitable for treatment of wet AMD such as one or more of REDD14NP (Quark), Sirolimus™ (Rapamycin), ATG003; Regeneron™ (VEGF Trap) or complement inhibitor (POT-4).
- The therapeutic agent may comprise a kinase inhibitor such as one or more of BIBW 2992 (small molecule targeting EGFR/Erb2), imatinib (small molecule), trastuzumab (monoclonal antibody), gefitinib (small molecule), ranibizumab (monoclonal antibody), pegaptanib (small molecule), sorafenib (small molecule), dasatinib (small molecule), sunitinib (small molecule), erlotinib (small molecule), nilotinib (small molecule), lapatinib (small molecule), panitumumab (monoclonal antibody), vandetanib (small molecule) or E7080 (small molecule commercially available from Esai, Co.)
- Therapeutic agents may include various classes of drugs. Drugs include, for instance, steroids, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS), anti-cancer drugs, antibiotics, an anti-inflammatory (e.g., Diclofenac), a pain reliever (e.g., Bupivacaine), a Calcium channel blocker (e.g., Nifedipine), an Antibiotic (e.g., Ciprofloxacin), a Cell cycle inhibitor (e.g., Simvastatin), a protein (e.g., Insulin). Therapeutic agents include classes of drugs including steroids, NSAIDS, antibiotics, pain relievers, inhibitors of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), chemotherapeutics, anti-viral drugs, for instance. Examples of NSAIDS are Ibuprofen, Meclofenamate sodium, mefanamic acid, salsalate, sulindac, tolmetin sodium, ketoprofen, diflunisal, piroxicam, naproxen, etodolac, flurbiprofen, fenoprofen calcium, Indomethacin, celoxib, ketrolac, and nepafenac. Examples of steroids are flunisolide (
solubility 90 μg/mL), betamethasone sodium phosphate (freely soluble in water), budesonide (30 μg/mL, and triamcinolone acetonide (20 μg/mL). The drugs themselves may be small molecules, proteins, RNA fragments, proteins, glycosaminoglycans, carbohydrates, nucleic acid, inorganic and organic biologically active compounds where specific biologically active agents include but are not limited to: enzymes, antibiotics, antineoplastic agents, local anesthetics, hormones, angiogenic agents, anti-angiogenic agents, growth factors, antibodies, neurotransmitters, psychoactive drugs, anticancer drugs, chemotherapeutic drugs, drugs affecting reproductive organs, genes, and oligonucleotides, or other configurations. - Therapeutic agents may include a protein or other water soluble biologics. These include peptides and proteins. The term protein, as used herein, refers to peptides of at least about 5000 Daltons. The term peptide, as used herein, refers to peptides of any size. The term oligopeptide refers to peptides having a mass of up to about 5000 Daltons. Peptides include therapeutic proteins and peptides, antibodies, antibody fragments, short chain variable fragments (scFv), growth factors, angiogenic factors, and insulin. Other water soluble biologics are carbohydrates, polysaccharides, nucleic acids, antisense nucleic acids, RNA, DNA, small interfering RNA (siRNA), and aptamers.
- The therapeutic agents may be used as part of a method of treating the indicated condition or making a composition for treating the indicated condition. For example, AZOPT (a brinzolamide opthalmic suspension) may be used for treatment of elevated intraocular pressure in patients with ocular hypertension or open-angle glaucoma. BETADINE in a Povidone-iodine ophthalmic solution may be used for prepping of the periocular region and irrigation of the ocular surface. BETOPTIC (betaxolol HCl) may be used to lower intraocular pressure, or for chronic open-angle glaucoma and/or ocular hypertension. CILOXAN (Ciprofloxacin HCl opthalmic solution) may be used to treat infections caused by susceptible strains of microorganisms. NATACYN (Natamycin opthalmic suspension) may be used for treatment of fungal blepharitis, conjunctivitis, and keratitis. NEVANAC (Nepanfenac opthalmic suspension) may be used for treatment of pain and inflammation associated with cataract surgery. TRAVATAN (Travoprost ophthalmic solution) may be used for reduction of elevated intraocular pressure—open-angle glaucoma or ocular hypertension. FML FORTE (Fluorometholone ophthalmic suspension) may be used for treatment of corticosteroid-responsive inflammation of the palperbral and bulbar conjunctiva, cornea and anterior segment of the globe. LUMIGAN (Bimatoprost ophthalmic solution) may be used for reduction of elevated intraocular pressure—open-angle glaucoma or ocular hypertension. PRED FORTE (Prednisolone acetate) may be used for treatment of steroid-responsive inflammation of the palpebral and bulbar conjunctiva, cornea and anterior segment of the globe. PROPINE (Dipivefrin hydrochloride) may be used for control of intraocular pressure in chronic open-angle glaucoma. RESTASIS (Cyclosporine ophthalmic emulsion) may be used to increases tear production in patients, e.g., those with ocular inflammation associated with keratoconjunctivitis sicca. ALREX (Loteprednol etabonate ophthalmic suspension) may be used for temporary relief of seasonal allergic conjunctivitis. LOTEMAX (Loteprednol etabonate ophthalmic suspension) may be used for treatment of steroid-responsive inflammation of the palpebral and bulbar conjunctiva, cornea and anterior segment of the globe. MACUGEN (Pegaptanib sodium injection) may be used for Treatment of neovascular (wet) age-related macular degeneration. OPTIVAR (Azelastine hydrochloride) may be used for treatment of itching of the eye associated with allergic conjunctivitis. XALATAN (Latanoprost ophthalmic solution) may be used to reduce elevated intraocular pressure in patients, e.g., with open-angle glaucoma or ocular hypertension. BETIMOL (Timolol opthalmic solution) may be used for treatment of elevated intraocular pressure in patients with ocular hypertension or open-angle glaucoma. Latanoprost is the pro-drug of the free acid form, which is a prostanoid selective FP receptor agonist. Latanoprost reduces intraocular pressure in glaucoma patients with few side effects. Latanoprost has a relatively low solubility in aqueous solutions, but is readily soluble in organic solvents typically employed for fabrication of microspheres using solvent evaporation.
- Further embodiments of therapeutic agents for delivery include those that specifically bind a target peptide in vivo to prevent the interaction of the target peptide with its natural receptor or other ligands. AVASTIN, for instance, contains bevacizumab, which is an antibody that binds VEGF. And AFLIBERCEPT is a fusion protein that includes portions of a VEGF receptor to trap VEGF. An IL-1 trap that makes use of the extracellular domains of IL-1 receptors is also known; the trap blocks IL-1 from binding and activating receptors on the surface of cells. Embodiments of agents for delivery include nucleic acids, e.g., aptamers. Pegaptanib (MACUGEN), for example, is a pegylated anti-VEGF aptamer. Fovista is a pegylated anti-PDGF aptamer. An advantage of the particle-and-hydrogel delivery process is that the aptamers are protected from the in vivo environment until they are released. Further embodiments of agents for delivery include macromolecular drugs, a term that refers to drugs that are significantly larger than classical small molecule drugs, i.e., drugs such as oligonucleotides (aptamers, antisense, RNAi), ribozymes, gene therapy nucleic acids, recombinant peptides, and antibodies.
- One embodiment comprises extended release of a medication for allergic conjunctivitis. For instance, ketotifen, an antihistamine and mast cell stabilizer, may be provided in particles and released to the eye as described herein in effective amounts to treat allergic conjunctivitis. Seasonal Allergic Conjunctivitis (SAC) and Perennial Allergic Conjunctivitis (PAC) are allergic conjunctival disorders. Symptoms include itching and pink to reddish eyes. These two eye conditions are mediated by mast cells. Non-specific measures to ameliorate symptoms conventionally include: cold compresses, eyewashes with tear substitutes, and avoidance of allergens. Treatment conventionally consists of antihistamine mast cell stabilizers, dual mechanism anti-allergen agents, or topical antihistamines. Corticosteroids might be effective but, because of side effects, are reserved for more severe forms of allergic conjunctivitis such as vernal keratoconjunctivitis (VKC) and atopic keratoconjunctivitis (AKC).
- Oxifloxacin is the active ingredient in VIGAMOX, which is a fluoroquinolone approved for use to treat or prevent ophthalmic bacterial infections. Dosage is typically one-drop of a 0.5% solution that is administered 3 times a day for a period of one-week or more. VKC and AKC are chronic allergic diseases where eosinophils, conjunctival fibroblasts, epithelial cells, mast cells, and/or TH2 lymphocytes aggravate the biochemistry and histology of the conjunctiva. VKC and AKC can be treated by medications used to combat allergic conjunctivitis. Permeation agents are agents and may also be included in a gel, hydrogel, organogel, xerogel, and biomaterials as described herein. These are agents that assist in permeation of a drug into an intended tissue. Permeation agents may be chosen as needed for the tissue, e.g., permeation agents for skin, permeation agents for an eardrum, permeation agents for an eye.
- Embodiments of the invention include a method of drug delivery to a tissue, eye, intracameral space, or other sites set forth herein comprising forming a hydrogel in situ with a drug in the hydrogel (e.g., dissolved, suspended, liquid, solid, or dispersed throughout), the drug having a low solubility in water or other solubility as set forth herein. Examples of such agents are, in general, TKIs. Low-solubility is a broad term that means no more than 200 μg/ml soluble in water at 25° C., the water being pure water, and the drug being essentially pure or a salt. Similarly, very low solubility is a broad term that means no more than 50 μg/ml soluble in water at 25° C. Other descriptive terms are set forth in Table 1 and have the definition provided therein, and are directed to bands of solubility, except for practically insoluble or insoluble, which is a defined as having an upper limit. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with any of the following solubilities being available as an upper or lower limit: 200,000, 100,000, 33,000, 10,000, 1,000, 225, 200, 150, 100, 50, 25, 20, 1, e.g., less than 100 or less than 50, or less than 20 μg/ml soluble in water, or from 0.001 to 225, 1 to 200, 2 to 125 μg/ml soluble in water.
- The United States Pharmacopeia defines relative solubility in descriptive terms of various compendial substances, and these descriptive terms can be translated into quantitative solubility using the units of micrograms per milliliter, as shown in Table 1. Various forms of pharmacological agents are suitable for sustained release from in situ formed hydrogel depots. Suitable drugs would include various agents, e.g. as set forth herein, antibacterials, antifungals, antivirals, anti-angiogenesis, anti-allergy, steroids, immunosuppressants, glaucoma drugs, NSAIDs, and so forth, of both small and large (where applicable) molecular size.
- The sustained release of small molecules from the depot can be controlled by their limited solubility and agents classified as very slightly soluble, practically insoluble, or insoluble would be generally preferable candidates as exemplified in the Table 2. Experimental water solubility (when available in the scientific literature) is added into the table to support the descriptive term. This experimental aqueous and/or water solubility is often dependent upon test conditions (pH, temperature) and it is understood that variation in these conditions may alter the experimental solubility value. It should be understood that solubility is controlled by many factors, of particular interest is the difference in solubility of various salts forms of the same parent drug molecule. For instance a dexamethasone sodium phosphate salt form is considered soluble whereas either a dexamethasone alcohol or acetate is considered practically insoluble, or insoluble, as shown in Table 2.
- It should be understood that all drugs can also be released from the hydrogel depot using a secondary forms of encapsulation to potentially provide a more tailored drug release profile which is not regulated by drug solubility, but rather by degradation of the microparticles. For examples, drugs classified as slightly soluble to very soluble most likely require a secondary form of encapsulation (e.g. microparticles) to provide sustained release.
- Because the hydrogel is formed during crosslinking of PEG arms it forms a network structure with a defined porosity of limited molecular size. The entrapment of large macromolecules, such as anti-angiogenesis biologics shown in Table 2, which exceed that limited molecular size are therefore physically entrapped within the hydrogel network. Therefore degradation of the gel network is necessary to release the entrapped large macromolecules even though these macromolecules would be considered to be soluble to very soluble.
-
TABLE 1 USP Descriptive Solubility Parts of Solvent Required Solubility Range Descriptive Term for 1 Part of Solute (μg/mL) Very soluble Less than 1 >1,000,000 Freely soluble From 1 to 10 100,000-1,000,000 Soluble From 10 to 30 33,000-100,000 Sparingly soluble From 30 to 100 10,000-33,000 Slightly soluble From 100 to 1000 1,000-10,000 Very slightly soluble From 1000 to 10,000 100-1,000 Practically insoluble, 10,000 and over <100 or Insoluble -
TABLE 2 Descriptive Solubility of Agents for Potential Sustained Release from In Situ Formed Hydrogel Depots Descriptive Experimental Class Agent Solubility Solubility Anti-angiogenesis - Axitinib Practically 1 μg/mL small molecules Insoluble Cabozantinib (XL184, BMS-907351) Practically — Insoluble Cediranib (AZD2171) Sparingly — Soluble Dovitinib (TKI-258) Dilactic Acid Soluble — Imatinib Mesylate (STI571) Very Soluble — Lenvatinib (E7080) Practically — Insoluble Linifanib (ABT-869) Practically — Insoluble Masitinib (AB1010) Practically — Insoluble Motesanib Diphosphate (AMG-706) Sparingly — Soluble Nilotinib Hydrochloride Practically — Insoluble Nintedanib (BIBF 1120) Practically — Insoluble OSI-930 Practically — Insoluble Pazopanib Practically — Insoluble Pazopanib HCl (GW786034 HCl) Practically — Insoluble Regorafenib (BAY 73-4506) Practically — Insoluble Semaxanib (SU5416) Practically — Insoluble Sorafenib Tosylate Practically — Insoluble Sunitinib Malate Soluble 25,000 μg/mL Telatinib Practically — Insoluble Tivozanib (AV-951) Practically — Insoluble TSU-68 (SU6668, Orantinib) Practically — Insoluble Vandetanib (ZD6474) Practically 8 μg/mL Insoluble Vatalanib (PTK787) 2HCl Sparingly — Soluble Anti-Angiogenesis - Bevacizumab Soluble >33,000 μg/mL Biologic Ranibizumab Soluble >33,000 μg/mL Aflibercept Freely Soluble >100,000 μg/mL Immuno- Cyclosporine A Practically 28 μg/mL suppressants Insoluble Everolimus Practically 10 μg/mL Insoluble Tacrolimus Practically 8 μg/mL Insoluble Sirolimus Practically <100 μg/mL Insoluble Pimecrolimus Practically — Insoluble Steroids Beclomethasone Dipropionate Practically 49 mg/L Insoluble Betamethasone Sodium Phosphate Practically 67 μg/mL Insoluble Budesonide, Micronized Practically 20 μg/mL Insoluble Flunisolide, Anhydrous, USP Practically 90 μg/mL Insoluble Fluticasone Propionate Practically 1 μg/mL Insoluble Triamcinolone Acetonide Practically 80 mg/L Insoluble Triamcinolone Hexacetonide Practically 4 μg/mL Insoluble Triamcinolone Diacetate Practically 35 μg/mL Insoluble Dexamethasone alcohol Practically 89 μg/mL Insoluble Dexamethasone acetate Practically 6 μg/mL Insoluble Dexamethasone sodium phosphate Soluble 50,0000 μg/mL Prednisolone Very slightly 223 μg/mL soluble Methylprednisolone Very slightly 120 μg/mL soluble Prednisolone acetate Practically 17 μg/mL Insoluble Loteprednol etabonate Practically 5 μg/mL Insoluble Difluprednate Practically — Insoluble Fluorometholone Practically 30 μg/mL Insoluble Flurbiprofen Sodium Practically 61 μg/mL Insoluble Fluocinolone Acetonide Practically — Insoluble Triamcinolone Acetonide Practically 18 μg/mL Insoluble Triamcinolone Hexacetonide Practically 4 μg/mL Insoluble Mometasone furoate Practically 20 μg/mL Insoluble Budesonide Practically 24 μg/mL Insoluble NSAIDs Ibuprofen Practically 21 μg/mL Insoluble Meclofenamate sodium Freely Soluble — Mefanamic Acid Practically — Insoluble Naproxen Sodium Soluble — Flurbiprofen Practically — Insoluble Fenoprofen Calcium Slightly Soluble — Celecoxib Slightly Soluble 3,300 μg/mL Nepafenac Practically 14 μg/mL Insoluble Bromfenac Soluble 53,000 μg/mL Ketorolac Tromethamine Freely Soluble — Diclofenac Very Slightly 600 μg/mL Soluble Antibiotics Moxifloxacin HCl Sparingly — Soluble Besifloxacin Base Practically 90 μg/mL Insoluble Besifloxacin HCl Sparingly — Soluble Ciprofloxacin HCl Sparingly — Soluble Ofloxacin Sparingly 28,000 μg/mL Soluble Gatifloxacin Soluble 60,000 μg/mL Azithromycin Practically 69 μg/mL Insoluble Anti-Virals Trifluridine Slightly Soluble 1,500 μg/mL Ganciclovir Slightly Soluble 4,300 μg/mL Glaucoma Drugs Travoprost Practically 44 μg/mL Insoluble Latanoprost Practically 40 μg/mL Insoluble Bimatoprost Slightly Soluble — Timolol Maleate Soluble 2,800 μg/mL Tafluprost Practically — Insoluble Antihistamine - Ketotifen base Practically 15 μg/mL Mast Cell Stabilizer Insoluble Ketotifen fumarate Slightly Soluble 10,000 μg/mL Azelastine Base Practically 50 μg/mL Insoluble Azelastine Embonate Practically 15 μg/mL Insoluble Olopatadine HCl Slightly Soluble 2,0000 μg/mL - The materials described herein may be used to deliver drugs or other therapeutic agents (e.g., imaging agents or markers) to eyes or tissues nearby. Some of the disease states are back-of-the-eye diseases. The term back-of-the eye disease is recognized by artisans in these fields of endeavor and generally refers to any ocular disease of the posterior segment that affects the vasculature and integrity of the retina, macula or choroid leading to visual acuity disturbances, loss of sight or blindness. Disease states of the posterior segment may result from age, trauma, surgical interventions, and hereditary factors. Disease is a broad term that generally includes pathologies. Some back-of-the-eye disease are; age-related macular degeneration (AMD) cystoid macular edema (CME), diabetic macular edema (DME), posterior uveitis, and diabetic retinopathy. Some back-of-the-eye diseases result from unwanted angiogenesis or vascular proliferation, such as macular degeneration or diabetic retinopathy. Drug treatment options for these and other conditions are further discussed elsewhere herein.
- Hydro Gel Loading with Agents; Preparation as Particles
- The hydrogels may be loaded with an agent or agents that are disposed directly and/or indirectly in the hydrogel. While encapsulation in particles is not preferred in some circumstances, it can be useful to place agents into particles, especially outside the eye. Encapsulation may involve mixing an agent with a biodegradable material. Directly refers to placing the agent in direct contact with the matrix, e.g., by forming a matrix in a presence of the agent in solid or soluble form. An indirect loading process is, e.g., placing the agent in particles and forming the hydrogel around them, so that the agent is inside the particle and, at the time of formation, is not in direct contact with the matrix. Biodegradable vehicles in which the active agent may be present include: encapsulation vehicles, such as microparticles, microspheres, microbeads, micropellets, where the active agent is encapsulated in a bioerodable or biodegradable polymers such as polymers and copolymers of: poly(anhydride), poly(hydroxy acid)s, poly(lactone)s, poly(trimethylene carbonate), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid)-co-poly(glycolic acid), poly(orthocarbonate), poly(caprolactone), crosslinked biodegradable hydrogel networks like fibrin glue or fibrin sealant, caging and entrapping molecules, like cyclodextrin, molecular sieves and the like. Microspheres made from polymers and copolymers of poly (lactone)s and poly (hydroxy acid) are useful as biodegradable encapsulation vehicles. The therapeutic agent or encapsulated therapeutic agent may be present in solution or suspended form. Further, a particle may be made that is free of one or more of: binders, non-peptidic polymers, surfactants, oils, fats, waxes, hydrophobic polymers, polymers comprising alkyl chains longer than 4 CH2 groups, phospholipids, micelle-forming polymers, micelle-forming compositions, amphiphiles, polysaccharides, polysaccharides of three or more sugars, fatty acids, and lipids. Lyophilized, spray dried or otherwise processed proteins are often formulated with sugars such as trehalose to stabilize the protein through the lyophilization or other processes used to prepare the proteins. These sugars may be allowed to persist in the particle throughout the organogel/xerogel process. The particles may be made to comprise between about 10% and about 100% (dry w/w) protein; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g., about 40% to about 80% or at least 50% or at least 80% or at least 90% or at least 99%.
- A gel or organogel or hydrogel may be formed around an agent and then reduced to encapsulating particles that are subsequently treated to remove the organic or aqueous solvent or solvents to form a xerogel particle. For an injectable form, the organogel or hydrogel can be macerated, homogenized, extruded, screened, chopped, diced, or otherwise reduced to a particulate form. Alternatively, the organogel or hydrogel can be formed as a droplet or a molded article containing the suspended protein particles. One process for making such particles involves creation of a material that is broken up to make the particles.
- The particles may be separated into collections with a desired size range and distribution of sizes by a variety of methods. Very fine control of sizing is available, with sizes ranging from 1 micron to several mm, and with a mean and range of particles sizes being controllable with a narrow distribution. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g., from about 1 to about 10 μm or from about 1 to about 30 μm. About 1 to about 500 microns is another such range that is useful, with sizes falling throughout the range and having a mean sizing at one value within the range, and a standard deviation centered around the mean value, e.g., from about 1% to about 100%. A simple method for sizing particles involves using custom-made or standardized sieve mesh sizes. The term particle is broad and includes spherical, cylindrical, discoidal, and irregularly shaped particles. Embodiments include making a plurality of collections of particles, with the collections having different rates of degradation in vivo, and mixing collections for a degradation performance as desired.
- Kits or systems for making hydrogels may be prepared. The kits are manufactured using medically acceptable conditions and contain precursors that have sterility, purity and preparation that is pharmaceutically acceptable. The kit may contain an applicator as appropriate, as well as instructions. A therapeutic agent may be included pre-mixed or available for mixing. Solvents/solutions may be provided in the kit or separately, or the components may be pre-mixed with the solvent. The kit may include syringes and/or needles for mixing and/or delivery. In some embodiments, the kit has at least one precursor and an applicator. Visualization or imaging agents may be incorporated into the material. The kit may include a viscosifying agent, e.g., a hyaluronic acid, pre-mixed or separate from other components. Embodiments include kits comprising one or more precursors set forth herein and one or more agents set forth herein, optionally with an applicator and solvent (e.g., water) for making solutions of precursors and/or agents.
- One or more of the precursors may be provided in dry form (e.g., cake, powder, immobilized pellet). A diluent for the same may be included, e.g., aqueous. A buffer may be in the dry material, the diluent, or both. A process for making a dry precursor is, for instance, making the precursor in, or dissolving it in, an organic solution. If the functional groups are electrophiles, the solvent and/or pH may be chosen so that the electrophiles are unreactive. If the precursor comprises hydrolytically labile groups, such as many forms of esters, the solvent may be chosen to be free of water, e.g., a dry organic solvent, dimethyl carbonate (DMC), dimethylformamide (DMF), polar aprotic solvents. The precursor solution may be frozen and lyophilized. The lyophilate can be ground or otherwise reduced to a powder, compressed to a cake, made into a pellet, or lyophilized in its end-use container.
- In some embodiments, kits having precursors and other materials as needed to form a hydrogel in situ with a therapeutic agent may be provided, with the component parts including those described herein. In some embodiments, features of the hydrogels can thus be chosen to make hydrogels that are minimally swelling, delivered through a small needle, can be put into an aqueous low viscosity preparation to gel after placement. The use of fluent aqueous precursors to form a biodegradable drug depot allows for administration through small (e.g., 30 gauge) needles. Also, since the hydrogel can be made to not break down into acidic byproducts, the drug depots are well tolerated by sensitive tissues, such as the eye.
- Due to this, the implants can be made rather large in size (e.g., 1 ml capacity, referring to the eye) relative to implants that are made from conventional biodegradable polymers, which are conventionally much smaller. On the other hand, small depots can also be useful. Accordingly, some embodiments are hydrogels with volumes between about 0.005 to about 5 ml; artisans will immediately appreciate that all the ranges and values within the explicitly stated ranges are contemplated, e.g., 0.005, 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ml.
- Some precursors are referred to by a nomenclature of naxxKpppfff, where n is the number of arms, xx is the molecular weight (MW), ppp is the polymer, and fff is the functional end group. Thus 8a15KPEGSAP refers to an 8-armed Polyethylene glycol (PEG) with a MW of 15,000 g/mol=15K PEG. Succinimidyl adipate is: SAP. Succinimidyl glutarate is SG. Succinimidyl azelate is: SAZ.
- This example relates to assess the swelling and persistence of a 5% and 10% PEG formulation. It provides an injectable solution that would maintain shape and mechanical integrity within a space until it gels, whether that space be a vitreous body, or other location. The precursors have good syringeability and good cohesion characteristics. Hyaluronic acid (HA) is a high molecular weight non-newtonian linear molecule; it enhanced viscosity of the precursor solution and performed well under high shear situations (passage through a thin gauge needle). A variety of different dilutions of 850 kDa HA was tested, with about 1% being suitable in this case. The buffers used to dissolve each precursor made a neutral pH when mixed, and the buffer with the SAZ precursor must be of low pH in order to maintain stability of the polymer in solution (avoid prehydrolisis). Each of these components, when mixed together, maintained its shape stability and volume stability, keeping its shape and position in a space until forming a hydrogel in 2-3 minutes (Table 3).
- Two stock buffers were made up to be used to dissolve each PEG:
-
- Preparation of 10 mL of the PEG amine buffer (to be used with the 8a20k NH3 +):
- 105 mg of Sodium tetraborate decahydrate into 10.0 mL of WFI, vortexed until in solution.
- 200 mg of 850 kDa HA into 9.8 mL of Borate/WFI solution in a TD20 stirring apparatus. Stirred at 6000 RPM for 15 minutes (until totally in solution)
- Preparation of 10 mL of the PEG ester buffer (to be used with the 4a20k SAZ):
- 70 mg of Sodium phosphate monobasic into 10.0 mL of WFI, vortexed until in solution
- 32 mg of 8a20k NH3 + into a 3 mL Beckton Dickinson (BD) syringe then connected luer to luer with 968 μL of PEG amine buffer. Added buffer into powder and mixed between syringes until in solution
- 64 mg of 4a20k SAZ into a 3 mL BD syringe then connected luer to luer with 946 μL of PEG ester buffer. Added buffer into powder and mixed between syringes until in solution
- 500 mg of 8a20k NH3 + solution into a 3 mL BD syringe connected luer to luer with 500 mg of 4a20k SAZ solution, mixed back and forth for 30 seconds and dispensed onto aluminum weight boat for gel time testing. Depots are called gels when they begin to adapt a solid state and are no longer a liquid.
- Gel time was broad and anywhere between 2:30 min and 3:00 min
- 9.6% PEG formulation
- Two stock buffers were made up to be used to dissolve each PEG:
-
- Preparation of 10 mL of the PEG amine buffer (to be used with the 8a20k NH3 +):
- 105 mg of Sodium tetraborate decahydrate into 10.0 mL of WFI, vortexed until in solution.
- 200 mg of 850 kDa HA into 9.8 mL of Borate/WFI solution in a TD20 stirring apparatus. Stirred at 6000 RPM for 15 minutes (until totally in solution)
- Preparation of 10 mL of the PEG ester buffer (to be used with the 4a20k SAZ):
- 70 mg of Sodium phosphate monobasic into 10.0 mL of WFI, vortexed until in solution
- 64 mg of 8a20k NH3 + into a 3 mL BD syringe then connected luer to luer with 946 μL of PEG amine buffer. Added buffer into powder and mixed between syringes until in solution
- 128 mg of 4a20k SAZ into a 3 mL BD syringe then connected luer to luer with 872 μL of PEG ester buffer. Added buffer into powder and mixed between syringes until in solution
- 500 mg of 8a20k NH3 + solution into a 3 mL BD syringe connected luer to luer with 500 mg of 4a20k SAZ solution, mixed back and forth for 30 seconds and dispensed onto aluminum weight boat for gel time testing. Depots are called gels when they begin to adapt a solid state and are no longer a liquid.
-
TABLE 3 Showing components and concentrations of formulations. Gel time was 2:30-3:00 min Formulation 1 2 PEG 4a20k SAZ, 8a20k NH3 + 4a20k SAZ, 8a20k NH3 + % PEG 4.80% 9.60 % % HA 1% (850 kDa) 1% (850 kDa) Buffer (Ester) 7 mg/mL Monobasic (pH 4.0) 7 mg/mL Monobasic (pH 4.0) Buffer (Amine) 10.5 mg/mL Borate (w/2% HA) 10.5 mg/mL Borate (w/2% HA) Gel Time 2:30-3:00 min 2:30-3:00 min - At 4.8% PEG, there is a linear relationship between borate concentration and gel time, which allows for a good target range for that syringe:
- y=−0.2223x+2.6816 where x=[borate] and y=gel time
- 10.7 mg/mL (2 min GT)≥x≥9.35 mg/mL (4 min GT)
-
FIGS. 7 and 8 depict plots of swelling and dimensional change, respectively, for hydrogel depots placed in vitro in physiological buffer solution (PBS). It was further observed that, as the hydrogels degraded, they continued to swell in a linear trend upwards to 1000% before liquefying For swelling preparation, formulations were cast in 2 mmID silicon tubing and left to cure at a 100% RH environment at 37 C for 24 hours before being placed in 1×PBS pH 7.2. Depots were massed at t=1 hr and 24 hr to catch the burst, then less frequently after that. - For dimensional analysis, formulation 2 (9.8% PEG) was cast in a 2 mmID silicon tubing and left to cure at a 100% RH environment at 37 C for 24 hrs before being placed in 1×PBS pH 7.2. Most dimensional changes occur within the first hour.
- (1 dry syringe, 1 wet syringe)
- 20% Dexamethazone loaded, 10% PEG formulation (all-in-one formulation)
- Preparation of 4a20K SAZ/8a20K NH3 + suspension in Dimethyl carbonate (DMC): Performed the following preparation under dry conditions
-
- 1.00 g of 4a20k SAZ into a preweighed 10 mL serum vial
- Addition of 0.50 g of 8a20K NH3 + into the same serum vial
- Serum vial is then sealed with rubber stopper. Using a volumetric syringe, added 8.50 mL of DMC
- Vortexed the vial until the suspension appeared homogenous
- Preparation of Syringes with Dexamethasone Powder:
-
- 40 mg of Dexamethasone powder was weighed into a 1 mL Soft-ject syringe
- 133 μL of previously prepared 4a20K SAZ/8a20K NH3 + suspension in Dimethyl carbonate was added using a volumetric syringe and needle through the luer of the Soft-ject syringe.
- Syringe was then capped and immediately frozen on a customized tote (−50 C)
- Once frozen, syringe cap was removed and tote was placed in lyophilizer.
- Syringe was then freeze dried overnight to remove any residual solvents.
- Preparation of Diluent:
-
- 2.56 g of Monobasic sodium phosphate, 2.56 g of Dibasic sodium phosphate, 8.50 g of Sodium Chloride, and 0.50 g of Sodium tetraborate decahydrate were added into a 1 L volumetric flask and brought to volume using WFI.
- pH of the solution was then adjusted to 6.8 using 6N hydrochloric acid.
- To make diluent, 400 μL of the prepped buffer solution was mixed syringe to syringe with 1600 μL of Provisc (1% HA 2000 kDa) which resulted in a 2 mL stock diluent solution.
- Creation of Gel:
-
- Dry syringe with 40 mg of Dexamethasone and 20 mg of dry PEG powders (4a20K SAZ/8a20K NH3 ×) was mixed with 140 μL of prepared diluent solution for about 30 seconds
- Resulting suspension was dispensed onto an aluminum weight boat for gel time testing.
- Depots are called gels when they begin to adapt a solid state and are no longer a liquid. Gel time for these depots are between 3-6 minutes.
In vivo injections: - 20% Dex formulation (with fluoresceinated Amine) used for in vivo injections at PARF. 25 μL were injected using a 50 μL Hamilton syringe with the 27G ½″ RN. Formulation is extremely syringeable. Some depots were left in for in vivo release. One depot was explanted immediately after injection for in vitro release (tracking dex clearance visually); results are shown in
FIG. 9 . The depot was placed in an excess of PBS for the indicated time, photographed, and observed for release of the agent. The matrix was fluoresceinated and had a yellow appearance. The presence of the agent made the matrix appear opaque. As the agent was released, the depot became more translucent. The depot is thicker in its central portions and, in the images, the coloration of the matrix gives it an appearance of being more opaque. The release of the agent is most easily observed in the edges.
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- A. The following components are mixed:
-
- 20
mg 4 arm 20 K PEG SAZ - 10
mg 8 arm 20 K PEG amine HCl salt - 30 mg of micronized dexamethasone
- 240 mg dimethyl carbonate
- 20
- The mixture is lyophilized to form a dried lyophilizate.
- B. An aqueous buffer solution is prepared as follows:
-
- 8 mg/mL sodium hyaluronate (850 KDa)
- 0.1 mg/mL sodium tetraborate decahydrate
- 0.51 mg/mL sodium phosphate monobasic
- 0.51 mg/mL sodium phosphate dibasic
- 1.7 mg/mL sodium chloride
- adjust pH to 6.8 using 6N hydrochloric acid solution
- Combine 10 mg of A with 40 mg of B in a syringe and inject into the posterior chamber of an eye. A roughly spheroidal shape is formed in the eye, which solidifies into a hydrogel in approximately 2 to 5 minutes. The dexamethasone is slowly released into the vitreous fluid and gradually transfers into the adjoining tissues, e.g. retina, ciliary body, anterior chamber and choroid for therapeutic benefit.
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- A. The following components are mixed:
-
- 20
mg 4 arm 20 K PEG SAZ - 10
mg 8 arm 20 K PEG amine HCl salt - 30 mg of micronized dexamethasone
- 240 mg dimethyl carbonate
The mixture is lyophilized to form a dried lyophilizate.
B. An aqueous buffer solution is prepared as follows: - 8 mg/mL sodium hyaluronate (850 KDa)
- 0.1 mg/mL sodium tetraborate decahydrate
- 0.51 mg/mL sodium phosphate monobasic
- 0.51 mg/mL sodium phosphate dibasic
- 1.7 mg/mL sodium chloride
- adjust pH to 6.8 using 6N hydrochloric acid solution
- 20
- Combine 10 mg of A with 40 mg of B in a syringe and inject into the posterior chamber of an eye. A roughly spheroidal shape is formed in the eye, which solidifies into a hydrogel in approximately 2 to 5 minutes. The loteprednol etabonate is slowly released into the vitreous fluid and gradually transfers into the adjoining tissues, e.g. retina, ciliary body, anterior chamber and choroid for therapeutic benefit.
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- A. The following components are mixed:
-
- 20
mg 4 arm 20 K PEG SAZ - 10
mg 8 arm 20 K PEG amine HCl salt - 30 mg of micronized loteprednol etabonate
- 240 mg dimethyl carbonate
The mixture is lyophilized to form a dried lyophilizate.
B. An aqueous buffer solution is prepared as follows: - 8 mg/mL sodium hyaluronate (850 KDa)
- 0.1 mg/mL sodium tetraborate decahydrate
- 0.51 mg/mL sodium phosphate monobasic
- 0.51 mg/mL sodium phosphate dibasic
- 1.7 mg/mL sodium chloride
- adjust pH to 6.8 using 6N hydrochloric acid solution
- 20
- Combine 10 mg of A with 40 mg of B in a syringe and inject into the posterior chamber of an eye. A roughly spheroidal shape is formed in the eye, which solidifies into a hydrogel in approximately 2 to 5 minutes. The axitinib is slowly released into the vitreous fluid and gradually transfers into the adjoining tissues, e.g. retina, ciliary body, anterior chamber and choroid for therapeutic benefit.
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- A. The following components are mixed:
-
- 20
mg 4 arm 20 K PEG SAZ - 10
mg 8 arm 20 K PEG amine HCl salt - 30 mg of micronized loteprednol etabonate
- 240 mg dimethyl carbonate
The mixture is lyophilized to form a dried lyophilizate.
B. An aqueous solution is prepared as follows: - 8 mg/mL sodium hyaluronate (850 KDa)
- 1.7 mg/mL sodium chloride
C. An aqueous solution is prepared as follows: - 0.1 mg/mL sodium tetraborate decahydrate
- 0.51 mg/mL sodium phosphate monobasic
- 0.51 mg/mL sodium phosphate dibasic
- 50 mg/mL polyethylene glycol (8 KDa)
- 20
- Coat a polyethylene tube, length 3.25 mm, outer diameter 3.02 mm, inner diameter 1.26 mm with C and allow to dry, forming a film coating on all surfaces. Place the coated tubing in the hub of a
Nipro 30 gauge thin wall Leur Lok needle. - Combine 10 mg of A with 40 mg of B in a syringe and attach the needle containing the coated tube. In a smooth motion over approximately 2 seconds, inject the syringe contents into the posterior chamber of an eye. A roughly spheroidal shape is formed in the eye, which solidifies into a hydrogel in approximately 2 to 5 minutes. The axitinib is slowly released into the vitreous fluid and gradually transfers into the adjoining tissues, e.g. retina, ciliary body, anterior chamber and choroid for therapeutic benefit.
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- A. The following components are mixed:
-
- 20
mg 4 arm 20 K PEG SAZ - 10
mg 8 arm 20 K PEG amine HCl salt - 30 mg of micronized loteprednol etabonate
- 240 mg dimethyl carbonate
The mixture is lyophilized to form a dried lyophilizate.
B. An aqueous solution is prepared as follows: - 11 mg/mL sodium hyaluronate (850 KDa)
- 2.3 mg/mL sodium chloride
C. An aqueous solution is prepared as follows: - 0.4 mg/mL sodium tetraborate decahydrate
- 2.0 mg/mL sodium phosphate monobasic
- 2.0 mg/mL sodium phosphate dibasic
- 20
- Combine 10 mg of A with 30 mg of B in the larger lumen of a two-barrel syringe with a 2:1 barrel radius ratio and a needle containing a static mixing element. In a smooth motion over approximately 2 seconds, inject the syringe contents into the posterior chamber of an eye. A roughly spheroidal shape is formed in the eye, which solidifies into a hydrogel in approximately 2 to 5 minutes. The axitinib is slowly released into the vitreous fluid and gradually transfers into the adjoining tissues, e.g. retina, ciliary body, anterior chamber and choroid for therapeutic benefit.
- This example details a process that could be used for making and testing or using a hydrogel for release of an agent.
- A. The following components are mixed:
-
- 20
mg 4 arm 20 K PEG SAZ - 10
mg 8 arm 20 K PEG amine HCl salt - 30 mg of micronized axitinib
- 240 mg dimethyl carbonate
The mixture is lyophilized to form a dried lyophilizate.
B. An aqueous solution is prepared by adjusting the pH of water for injection 4.0 using 0.1N hydrochloric acid solution
- 20
- Combine 10 mg of A with 40 mg of B in a syringe and inject into the posterior chamber of an eye. A roughly spheroidal shape is formed in the eye, which gradually solidifies into a hydrogel as the local pH increases to equal the vitreous fluid pH, about 7.2. The axitinib is slowly released into the vitreous fluid and gradually transfers into the adjoining tissues, e.g. retina, ciliary body, anterior chamber and choroid for therapeutic benefit.
- Preparation of envelope PEG and anhydrous dimethyl carbonate suspension
-
- 500 mg of 4 arm 20 k SAZ was massed into a pre-weighed vial
- 250 mg of 8 arm 20 k NH3 + was massed into the same vial
- 9.25 mL of anhydrous dimethyl carbonate was added to the powders under Nitrogen until suspension was homogenous (this created a 5%: 2.5% 4 arm 20 k SAZ: 8 arm 20 k NH3 + preparation)
- 2.5 mL of PEG/DMC suspension was poured into a small aluminum weigh boat
- Weight boat was then placed on a cold aluminum surface (recently removed from a −40° C. freezer) placed under the glove bag so that the PEG/DMC could freeze without exposure to atmosphere
- Still frozen, weigh boat was transferred to lyophilizer shelf and cycle was run to remove all solvent.
-
-
- 27G ½″ needles were pre-weighed on balance in dry conditions
- Previously prepared PEG powder was transferred into the needle hub by using the needle as a biopsy punch (target was between 3-6 mg of PEG)
- 4.96 mg of envelope PEG was weighed out into a needle. This was placed aside for future use.
-
-
- The following components were dissolved in dimethyl carbonate:
- 11.4% 8 arm 20 k NH2 in DMC
- 8.6% 8 arm 15 k SG in DMC
- 1600 mg of anhydrous microfine lactose from DFE Pharma was suspended in 4200 μL of 11.4% 8 arm 20 k NH2 (above)
- This syringe was mixed syringe to syringe with 4200 μL of 8.6% 8 arm 15 k SG until bulk gel was formed.
- Particle size of the bulk gel was then reduced by running through homogenizer.
- Particles were then dried using a filter drier to remove DMC and fines
- Final particle size was a d50 of 430 um
-
-
- Monobasic sodium phosphate, Dibasic sodium phosphate, Sodium tetraborate decahydrate were added into a 1 L volumetric flask and brought to volume using water.
- pH of the solution was then adjusted to 7.2 using 6N hydrochloric acid.
- To make diluent, 1120 μL of the prepped buffer solution was mixed syringe to syringe with 880 μL of Provisc (1% HA 2000 kDa), which resulted in a 2 mL stock diluent solution
-
-
- 212 mg of a previously prepared xerogel (above) was massed into a syringe
- 1.829 g of previously prepared diluent (above) was then added syringe to syringe and hydrogel suspension was mixed until fully homogenous.
- Table 4 showing each preparation including kit components and resulting gel times. Gelation is achieved by injecting the slurry through the needle onto an aluminum weigh boat.
-
PEG Kit: (needle) Slurry Gel Time 1 4.44 mg 70 μL 3:00 min 2 4.85 mg 80 μL 2:40 min 3 5.49 mg 87 μL 2:40 min 4 5.65 mg 90 μL 2:50 min 5 6.14 mg 98 μL 2:30 min 6 4.96 mg 80 μL 2:45 min 7 3.76 mg 60 μL 2:30 min - 1. Flunisolide, anhydrous, USP
2. Micronized budesonide
3. Betamethasone sodium phosphate, USP
4. Triamcinolone acetonide, powder, USP - Solubility of the steroid candidates was assessed in dissolution media (PBS, pH 6.3) at ambient temperatures for 68 hours. UV detection of soluble steroid was determined relative to a standard curve. The maximal determined solubility is shown below:
-
- Flunisolide Max Solubility in PBS, pH 6.3=90 μg/mL (245 nm)
- Betamethasone Sodium Phosphate Max Solubility in PBS, pH 6.3=>100,000 μg/mL (freely soluble in water) (241 nm)
- Budesonide Max Solubility in PBS, pH 6.3=30 μg/mL (247 nm)
- Triamcinolone Acetonide Max Solubility in PBS, pH 6.3=20 μg/mL (241 nm)
- Syringe 1: 10 mg of steroid was and 42 mg of 4-arm 20,000 molecular weight PEG succinimidyl glutarate (4a20KSG) was weighed into the syringe and then dissolved in 233 μL of 1 mg/mL sodium phosphate monobasic containing 1 mg of trilysine (LLL). The low pH (˜4.5) prevents reactivity between the PEG and LLL components.
- Syringe 2: 6 mg of sodium tetraborate was weighed into a syringe and dissolved in 233 μL of water for injection (WFI).
- The two syringes were mixed between the syringes using a luer connector and injected into a 10 mm borosilicate tube containing a small stir bar over a stir plate. The mixing prevented settling of the steroid suspension until sufficient viscosity was achieved during hydrogel formation. This resulted in an approximate 0.45 mL volume of 10 mg of steroid entrapped with a 9% hydrogel (w/v). A visual representation of the depot shape is shown in
FIG. 10 . - Release Rate from In Vitro Depots
- The release rate from the 10 mg steroid containing hydrogel depots in 1 L of PBS, pH 6.3 at ambient temperature with gentle stirring was performed for each steroid candidate and compared to the dissolution profile of 10 mg of neat drug dispersed in an equal volume of dissolution media (
FIG. 11 ). A visual representation of drug release from the depots over time is observed inFIG. 12 for the flunisolide steroid candidate. - In a similar construct, lotepredenol etabonate, dexamethasone, micronized dexamethasone, prednisolone and prednisolone acetate were suspended in PEG hydrogel precursor solutions and injected into tubing and allowed to gel as covalently crosslinked hydrogels and then cut into barrel shaped depots. The steroid suspended gels were removed from the tubing and ex vivo release was initiated in dissolution media. Zone clearance (steroid released) from the depot interface inward was observed and visually recorded. See
FIGS. 13-16 . - 10×PBS (VWR International) was diluted 1:10 with water and the pH was brought to 7.2 using 0.01N NaOH and 0.01N HCl. This solution was then filtered at a rate of 2 mL/min through a 0.2 μm filter to remove any endotoxin or bioburden.
- 200 μg of micronized axitinib was weighed into a 50 mL amber vial. It was dried, stoppered and crimped, and gamma irradiation sterilized. After irradiation, 9.80 mL of buffer was added to the vial. The suspension was then placed in a sonication bath for 20 minutes to homogenously disperse the micronized particles.
- 50 μL of the 2% axitinib suspension was then drawn into a 100 μL luer lock Hamilton syringe using a 21G 1.5″ needle. The needle was swapped for a fresh 27G ½″ TW needle (Nipro). The 50 μL suspension was then injected at the 6 o'clock position within the vitreous of a Male New Zealand white rabbit. After 1 month, eyes were explanted and prepared for histology.
- Two eyes were fixed (Davidson's), blocked, sectioned, mounted and stained for microscopical examination by a board certified veterinary pathologist. Eyes were sectioned according to the following scheme: A suture had been placed at the 12 o'clock position for orientation at harvest. Typically eyes were trimmed in half in the plane from 12 o'clock to 6 o'clock through the lens and optic nerve along the midline. This captures as many optic structures in one plane as is possible. The trimmed eyes were examined grossly and abnormalities noted. Each half of the globe trimmed was embedded in its own cassette. Cassette A is always the nasal half of the eye, and cassette B is always the temporal half of the eye. For each
block 6 hematoxylin and eosin (H&E)-stained slides were prepared that were separated by 1000 microns (1 mm). Each slide contained 2 serial sections of eye on it. All slides were evaluated by a board-certified veterinary pathologist at Charter Preclinical Services. Tissues were scored on a semi-quantitative scale from 0-5 for any abnormalities. - Eyes were scored in several categories for signs of inflammation or other adverse findings. Inflammation scores were as follows:
- 0—No change; normal
- 1—Rare foci of change; minimal
- 2—Mild diffuse change or more pronounced focal change
- 3—Moderate diffuse change
- 4—Marked diffuse change
- 5—Severe diffuse change
- Inflammation within the vitreous Chamber: 0.0±0.0
- Inflammation around the injected material: 0.04±0.29
- Other adverse findings (retina, sclera, lens, etc.): none
- 195 mg of Axitinib (manufactured by LGM Pharma, GMP grade) was dissolved into 110 mL of Ethanol (Sigma Aldrich) in a glass serum vial, capped and crimped (1.77 mg Axitinib/mL ethanol). This vial was then wrapped in aluminum foil to protect the solution from light, and sonicated until completely dissolved. Solution was then aspirated into two 60 mL polyethylene (PE) luer-lok syringes (BD) wrapped in aluminum foil.
- 1800 mL of sterile Water For Injection (WFI) was measured into a 2 L beaker and placed on a stir plate stirring at 600 RPM with a stir bar, creating a large WFI vortex in the center of the beaker. One 60 mL BD syringe containing axitinib in ethanol was placed on a syringe pump which had been clamped above the WFI beaker. A hypodermic needle (21G, BD) was connected to the syringe and aimed directly into the center of the vortex for dispensation of the axitinib solution. The axitinib solution was added dropwise to the WFI to precipitate micronized Axitinib.
- After micronization, the Axitinib suspended in 5.7% ethanol/94.3% WFI was filtered through a 0.2 um vacuum filter (Thermo Scientific) and rinsed 3× with 100 mL of WFI. After filtration, Axitinib powder was collected from the filter using a spatula, and vacuum dried overnight in a 10 mL serum vial to remove all excess solvent.
- Particle size was analyzed using a Beckman Coulter LS 120 Particle Size Analyzer. Samples were sonicated for 15 minutes in Deionized water before analysis. On average the particle size distribution is such: d10=0.773 um, d50=2.605 um, d90=6.535 um.
- 40 μg of micronized Axitinib was weighed into a sterile 3 mL BD luer lock syringe. 960 μL of Provisc (Alcon, Inc., 1% 2000 kDa Hyaluronic acid solution) was added to a fresh 3 mL BD luer lock syringe. The two syringes were mixed using a luer connector.
- 50 μL of the 4% Axitinib suspension was then drawn into a 100 μL luer lock Hamilton syringe using a 21G 1.5″ needle. The needle was swapped for a fresh 27G ½″ TW needle (Nipro). The 50 μL suspension was then injected at the 6 o'clock position within the vitreous of a Male New Zealand white rabbit. After 1 month, eyes were explanted and prepared for histology.
- Two eyes were fixed (Davidson's fixative solution), blocked, sectioned, mounted and stained for microscopical examination by a board certified veterinary pathologist. Eyes were sectioned according to the following scheme: A suture had been placed at the 12 o'clock position for orientation at harvest. Typically eyes were trimmed in half in the plane from 12 o'clock to 6 o'clock through the lens and optic nerve along the midline. This captures as many optic structures in one plane as is possible. The trimmed eyes were examined grossly and abnormalities noted. Each half of the globe trimmed was embedded in its own cassette. Cassette A is always the nasal half of the eye, and cassette B is always the temporal half of the eye. For each
block 6 hematoxylin and eosin (H&E)-stained slides were prepared that were separated by 1000 microns (1 mm). Each slide contained 2 serial sections of eye on it. All slides were evaluated by a board-certified veterinary pathologist at Charter Preclinical Services. Tissues were scored on a semi-quantitative scale from 0-5 for any abnormalities. - Eyes were scored in several categories for signs of inflammation or other adverse findings as described above.
- Inflammation within the vitreous Chamber: 0.14±0.35
- Inflammation around the injected material: 0.08±0.37
- Other adverse findings (retina, sclera, lens, etc.): none
- 195 mg of Axitinib (manufactured by LGM Pharma, GMP grade) was dissolved into 110 mL of Ethanol (Sigma Aldrich) in a glass serum vial, capped and crimped (1.77 mg Axitinib/mL ethanol). This vial was then wrapped in aluminum foil to protect the solution from light, and sonicated for 20 minutes until completely dissolved. Solution was then drawn into two 60 mL polyethylene (PE) luer-lok syringes (BD) wrapped in aluminum foil.
- 1800 mL of sterile Water For Injection (WFI) was measured into a 2 L beaker and placed on a stir plate stirring at 600 RPM with a stir bar, creating a large WFI vortex in the center of the beaker. One 60 mL BD syringe containing axitinib in ethanol was placed on a syringe pump which had been clamped above the WFI beaker. A hypodermic needle (21G, BD) was connected to the syringe and aimed directly into the center of the vortex for dispensation of the axitinib solution. The syringe pump was then run at 7.5 mL/min in order to add the axitinib solution dropwise to the WFI to precipitate micronized Axitinib.
- After micronization, the Axitinib suspended in 5.7% ethanol/94.3% WFI was filtered through a 0.2 um vacuum filter (Thermo Scientific) and rinsed 3× with 100 mL of WFI. After filtration, Axitinib powder was collected from the filter using a spatula, and vacuum dried overnight in a 10 mL serum vial to remove all excess solvent.
- Particle size was analyzed using a Beckman Coulter LS 120 Particle Size Analyzer. Samples were sonicated for 15 minutes in Deionized water before analysis. On average the particle size distribution is such: d10=0.773 um, d50=2.605 um, d90=6.535 um.
- 80 μg of micronized Axitinib was weighed into a sterile 3 mL BD luer lock syringe. 920 μL of Provisc (Alcon, Inc., 1% 2000 kDa Hyaluronic acid solution) was added to a fresh 3 mL BD luer lock syringe. The two syringes were mixed using a luer connector.
- 50 μL of the 8% axitinib suspension was then drawn into a 100 μL luer lock Hamilton syringe using a 21G 1.5″ needle. The needle was swapped for a fresh 27G ½″ TW Nipro needle. The 50 μL suspension was then injected at the 6 o'clock position within the vitreous of both eyes in Male New Zealand white rabbit. After 1 month, eyes were explanted and prepared for histology.
- Two eyes were fixed (Davidson's fixative solution), blocked, sectioned, mounted and stained for microscopical examination by a board certified veterinary pathologist. Eyes were sectioned according to the following scheme: A suture had been placed at the 12 o'clock position for orientation at harvest. Typically eyes were trimmed in half in the plane from 12 o'clock to 6 o'clock through the lens and optic nerve along the midline. This captures as many optic structures in one plane as is possible. The trimmed eyes were examined grossly and abnormalities noted. Each half of the globe trimmed was embedded in its own cassette. Cassette A is always the nasal half of the eye, and cassette B is always the temporal half of the eye. For each
block 6 hematoxylin and eosin (H&E)-stained slides were prepared that were separated by 1000 microns (1 mm). Each slide contained 2 serial sections of eye on it. All slides were evaluated by a board-certified veterinary pathologist at Charter Preclinical Services. Tissues were scored on a semi-quantitative scale from 0-5 for any abnormalities. - Eyes were scored in several categories for signs of inflammation or other adverse findings as described above.
- Inflammation within the vitreous Chamber: 0.14±0.35
- Inflammation around the injected material: 0.14±0.35
- Other adverse findings (retina, sclera, lens, etc.): none
- 1. A method of agent delivery to a tissue comprising forming a hydrogel implant in situ with a therapeutic agent in the hydrogel (e.g., dissolved, suspended, dispersed throughout), the agent having a low solubility or a very low solubility in water. The site may be, e.g., in an eye, in an eye tissue, intracameral, or intravitreal.
- 2. The method of 1 wherein the hydrogel is water-degradable, as measurable by the hydrogel being dissolvable in vitro in an excess of water by degradation of water-degradable groups.
- 3. The method of 1 or 2 wherein the hydrogel essentially persists until the agent is essentially released.
- 4. The method of 1 or 2 with 50% to 100% w/w (Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75% 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99%, e.g., 90% to 99%, or 55% to 99%) of the agent being released when the hydrogel is from 100% to 90% persistent. Alternatively, when the hydrogel is from 100% to 80% persistent.
- 5. The method of any of 1-4 wherein the hydrogel delivers the agent at a therapeutically effective concentration for a period of time that is in a range of 1-36 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 months. Shorter periods of time could also be used, e.g., 1-31 days; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 20, 25, 30, or 31 days.
- 6. The method of 5 wherein, after the period of time, the hydrogel has released all of the agent and is at least 80% persistent.
- 7. The method of 5 wherein, after the period of time, the hydrogel releases an amount of the agent that is non-toxic.
- 8. The method of 5 or 7 wherein the hydrogel delivers a final 1%-20% w/w of the agent after the period of time. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19% w/w.
- 9. The method of any of 1-8 wherein the hydrogel delivers a final 1%-20% w/w of the agent by degradation of the hydrogel. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19% w/w.
- 10. The method of any of 1-9 wherein the hydrogel is no more than 10% degraded (alternatively no more than 15%, 20%, or 25% degraded) for a time that is in a range of 1-36 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 months.
- 11. The method of any of 1-10 wherein 50% w/w, of the agent delivered is at time that is in a range of 1-20 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 months.
- 12. The method of any of 1-11 wherein 50% w/w, of the hydrogel is degraded at a time that is 1-20 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 months.
- 13. The method of any of 1-12 wherein the tissue and/or the site of formation of the hydrogel is an eye, intracanalicular, sub-tenons, intracameral, intravitreal, intrasceleral, choroidal, suprachoroidal, a retina, subretinal, a lens, a tissue, lumen, void, potential space, inside an animal (human or otherwise), or on a surface of an animal, iatrogenic site, site where tissue is removed, surgical site, cancer tissue, at or near cancer tissue, dental tissue, gums, periodontal, sinus, brain, intravascular, aneurysm, or site of a pathology.
- 14. The method of any of 1-13 wherein the agent is for treatment of a back of the eye disease.
- 15. The method of 14 wherein the back of the eye disease is age-related macular degeneration (AMD) cystoid macular edema (CME), diabetic macular edema (DME), posterior uveitis, diabetic retinopathy, retinal vein occlusion, or glaucoma.
- 16. The method of any of 1-15 wherein the tissue is a retina, lens, cornea, or sclera.
- 17. The method of any of 1-16 wherein the agent comprises anti-VEGF, blocks VEGFR1, blocks VEGFR2, blocks VEGFR3, anti-PDGF, anti-PDGF-R blocks PDGFRβ, anti-angiogenesis, Sunitinib, E7080, Takeda-6d, Tivozanib, Regorafenib, Sorafenib, Pazopanib, Axitinib, Nintedanib, Cediranib, Vatalanib, Motesanib, macrolides, sirolimus, everolimus, tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs), Imatinib (GLEEVAC) gefinitib (IRESSA), toceranib (PALLADIA), Erlotinib (TARCEVA), Lapatinib (TYKERB) Nilotinib Bosutinib Neratinib, lapatinib, or Vatalanib. Also wherein the agent is a steroid, nonsteroidal antiflammatory drug, antibiotic, or pain killer.
- 18. The method of any of 1-17 wherein the agent comprises low-soluble prostaglandin analogues for glaucoma, Nepafenac for uveitis, Macrolides, such as rapamycin, sirolimus, tacrolimus, to block mTOR receptors for AMD/CNV
- 19. The method of any of 1-18 wherein the agent is a suspension (liquid or solid) in the hydrogel. For example: particles of the agent or drops of the agent, the particles or drops being microscopic (1-500 microns diameter) and/or nanoscopic (less than 1 micron diameter).
- 20. The method of any of 1-19 wherein the agent is dispersed throughout the hydrogel.
- 21. The method of any of 1-20 wherein a volume of the hydrogel is from 1 to 1000 μL. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 1, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 900, 1000 μL.
- 22. The method of any of 1-21 wherein the hydrogel is a first hydrogel, the method further comprising forming a second hydrogel in situ with a second agent in the second hydrogel, the second agent optionally having a low solubility in water.
- 23. The method of 22 wherein the first agent and the second agent have the same active ingredient.
- 24. The method of 22 or 23 wherein the first agent and the second agent comprise different enantiomers, salts, or free bases.
- 25. The method of 22 or 23 wherein the first agent and the second agent have identical chemical structures.
- 26. The method of any of 22-25, with the first hydrogel releasing the agent more quickly than the second hydrogel. 27. The method of any of 22-26 with the first hydrogel having a larger surface area than the second hydrogel.
- 28. The method of any of 22-27 with the first hydrogel providing a faster rate of diffusion for the agent relative to the second hydrogel.
- 29. The method of any of 22-28 wherein the first agent and the second agent are different chemical moieties.
- 30. The method of any of 22-29 wherein the hydrogel is formed by combining a first precursor and a second precursor that react with each other to form the hydrogel.
- 31. The method of 30 wherein the hydrogel is formed without covalent crosslinks between the first precursor and the second precursor.
- 32. The method of any of 1-31 wherein the hydrogel is formed by combining a first precursor comprising nucleophilic groups with a second precursor comprising electrophilic groups to form covalent crosslinks by reaction of the nucleophilic groups with the electrophilic groups to form the hydrogel.
- 33. The method of any of 30-32 comprising injecting an aqueous mixture of the precursors to the site.
- 34. The method of any of 30-33 wherein the first precursor and the second precursor are hydrophilic.
- 35. The method of any of 30-34 wherein the first precursor and/or the second precursor comprise poly(ethylene) glycol repeats.
- 36. The method of any of 1-35 further comprising hyaluronic acid or hydrophilic polymers that do not form part of a matrix of the hydrogel.
- 37. The method of any of 1-36 comprising activating a precursor to form the hydrogel.
- 38. The method of any of 1-37 comprising mixing a plurality of precursors to start a chemical reaction between the plurality of precursors, with the plurality of precursors reacting with each other to form the hydrogel.
- 39. The method of any of 32-38 wherein the precursors are activated and/or mixed before, after, or during placement at the site.
- 40. The method of any of 1-39 further comprising a buffering agent.
- 41. The method of 40 wherein the buffering agent is a solid.
- 42. The method of 41 wherein the solid is disposed in an applicator for placing a hydrogel precursor at the site, with the precursor contacting the solid as the precursor is passed through the applicator.
- 43. The method of 41 or 42 wherein the solid is disposed in a lumen of the applicator that receives the precursor, is disposed in a hub of a needle, is disposed in a syringe, or is a pellet for placement in an/the applicator.
- 44. The method of any of 40-43 wherein the buffering agent comprises a phosphate, bicarbonate, or carbonate.
- 45. The method of any of 1-44 wherein the site and/or the tissue is a tumor, a damaged tissue, a diseased tissue, an infected tissue, an organ, a vasculature, an adventitia, an artery, a vein, or a nerve.
- 46. The method of any of 1-45 wherein the hydrogel is elongate, spheroidal, spherical, essentially spherical, ellipsoidal, cylindroid, essentially cylindroid, discoidal, or essentially discoidal.
- 47. The method of any of 1-46 wherein the agent is delivered at an effective amount or a calculated effective amount.
- 51. A hydrogel implant with a therapeutic agent in the hydrogel (e.g., dissolved, suspended, dispersed throughout), the agent having a low solubility or a very low solubility in water. The site may be, e.g., in an eye, in an eye tissue, intracameral, or intravitreal.
- 52. The hydrogel of 51 wherein the hydrogel is water-degradable, as measurable by the hydrogel being dissolvable in vitro in an excess of water by degradation of water-degradable groups.
- 53. The hydrogel of 51 or 52 wherein the hydrogel essentially persists until the agent is essentially released.
- 54. The hydrogel of 51 or 52 with 50% to 100% w/w (Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75% 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99%, e.g., 90% to 99%, or 55% to 99%) of the agent being released when the hydrogel is from 100% to 90% persistent. Alternatively, when the hydrogel is from 100% to 80% persistent.
- 55. The hydrogel of any of 51-54 wherein the hydrogel delivers the agent at a therapeutically effective concentration for a period of time that is in a range of 1-36 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 months. Shorter periods of time could also be used, e.g., 1-31 days; Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 20, 25, 30, or 31 days.
- 56. The hydrogel of 55 wherein, after the period of time, the hydrogel has released all of the agent and is at least 80% persistent.
- 57. The hydrogel of 55 wherein, after the period of time, the hydrogel releases an amount of the agent that is non-toxic.
- 58. The hydrogel of 55 or 57 wherein the hydrogel delivers a final 1%-20% w/w of the agent after the period of time. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19% w/w.
- 59. The hydrogel of any of 1-8 wherein the hydrogel delivers a final 1%-20% w/w of the agent by degradation of the hydrogel. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19% w/w.
- 60. The hydrogel of any of 51-59 wherein the hydrogel is no more than 10% degraded (alternatively no more than 15%, 20%, or 25% degraded) for a time that is in a range of 1-36 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 months.
- 61. The hydrogel of any of 51-60 wherein 50% w/wi of the agent delivered is at time that is in a range of 1-20 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 months.
- 62. The hydrogel of any of 51-61 wherein 50% w/wi of the hydrogel is degraded at a time that is 1-20 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 months.
- 63. The hydrogel of any of 51-62 wherein the tissue and/or the site of formation of the hydrogel is an eye, intracanalicular, sub-tenons, intracameral, intravitreal, intrasceleral, choroidal, suprachoroidal, a retina, subretinal, a lens, a tissue, lumen, void, potential space, inside an animal (human or otherwise), or on a surface of an animal, iatrogenic site, site where tissue is removed, surgical site, cancer tissue, at or near cancer tissue, dental tissue, gums, periodontal, sinus, brain, intravascular, aneurysm, or site of a pathology.
- 64. The hydrogel of any of 51-63 wherein the agent is for treatment of a back of the eye disease.
- 65. The hydrogel of 64 wherein the back of the eye disease is age-related macular degeneration (AMD) cystoid macular edema (CME), diabetic macular edema (DME), posterior uveitis, diabetic retinopathy, retinal vein occlusion, or glaucoma.
- 66. The hydrogel of any of 51-65 wherein the tissue is a retina, lens, cornea, or sclera.
- 67. The hydrogel of any of 51-66 wherein the agent comprises anti-VEGF, blocks VEGFR1, blocks VEGFR2, blocks VEGFR3, anti-PDGF, anti-PDGF-R blocks PDGFRβ, anti-angiogenesis, Sunitinib, E7080, Takeda-6d, Tivozanib, Regorafenib, Sorafenib, Pazopanib, Axitinib, Nintedanib, Cediranib, Vatalanib, Motesanib, macrolides, sirolimus, everolimus, tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs), Imatinib (GLEEVAC) gefinitib (IRESSA), toceranib (PALLADIA), Erlotinib (TARCEVA), Lapatinib (TYKERB) Nilotinib Bosutinib Neratinib, lapatinib, or Vatalanib. Also wherein the agent is a steroid, nonsteroidal antiflammatory drug, antibiotic, or pain killer.
- 68. The hydrogel of any of 51-67 wherein the agent comprises low-soluble prostaglandin analogues for glaucoma, Nepafenac for uveitis, Macrolides, such as rapamycin, sirolimus, tacrolimus, to block mTOR receptors for AMD/CNV
- 69. The hydrogel of any of 51-68 wherein the agent is a suspension (liquid or solid) in the hydrogel. For example: particles of the agent or drops of the agent, the particles or drops being microscopic (1-500 microns diameter) and/or nanoscopic (less than 1 micron diameter).
- 70. The hydrogel of any of 1-19 wherein the agent is dispersed throughout the hydrogel.
- 71. The hydrogel of any of 1-70 wherein a volume of the hydrogel is from 1 to 1000 μL. Artisans will immediately appreciate that all ranges and values between the explicitly stated bounds are contemplated, with, e.g., any of the following being available as an upper or lower limit: 1, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 900, 1000 μL.
- 72. The hydrogel of any of 1-71 wherein the hydrogel is a first hydrogel, the hydrogel further comprising forming a second hydrogel in situ with a second agent in the second hydrogel, the second agent optionally having a low solubility in water.
- 73. The hydrogel of 72 wherein the first agent and the second agent have the same active ingredient.
- 74. The hydrogel of 72 or 73 wherein the first agent and the second agent comprise different enantiomers, salts, or free bases.
- 75. The hydrogel of 72 or 73 wherein the first agent and the second agent have identical chemical structures.
- 76. The hydrogel of any of 72-75, with the first hydrogel releasing the agent more quickly than the second hydrogel.
- 77. The hydrogel of any of 72-76 with the first hydrogel having a larger surface area than the second hydrogel.
- 78. The hydrogel of any of 72-77 with the first hydrogel providing a faster rate of diffusion for the agent relative to the second hydrogel.
- 79. The hydrogel of any of 72-78 wherein the first agent and the second agent are different chemical moieties.
- 80. The hydrogel of any of 72-79 wherein the hydrogel is formed by combining a first precursor and a second precursor that react with each other to form the hydrogel.
- 81. The hydrogel of 80 wherein the hydrogel is formed without covalent crosslinks between the first precursor and the second precursor.
- 82. The hydrogel of any of 1-81 wherein the hydrogel is formed by combining a first precursor comprising nucleophilic groups with a second precursor comprising electrophilic groups to form covalent crosslinks by reaction of the nucleophilic groups with the electrophilic groups to form the hydrogel.
- 83. The hydrogel of any of 80-82 comprising injecting an aqueous mixture of the precursors to the site.
- 84. The hydrogel of any of 80-83 wherein the first precursor and the second precursor are hydrophilic.
- 85. The hydrogel of any of 80-84 wherein the first precursor and/or the second precursor comprise poly(ethylene) glycol repeats.
- 86. The hydrogel of any of 51-85 further comprising hyaluronic acid or hydrophilic polymers that do not form part of a matrix of the hydrogel.
- 87. The hydrogel of any of 51-86 comprising activating a precursor to form the hydrogel.
- 88. The hydrogel of any of 51-87 comprising mixing a plurality of precursors to start a chemical reaction between the plurality of precursors, with the plurality of precursors reacting with each other to form the hydrogel.
- 89. The hydrogel of any of 82-88 wherein the precursors are activated and/or mixed before, after, or during placement at the site.
- 90. The hydrogel of any of 81-88 further comprising a buffering agent.
- 91. The hydrogel of 90 wherein the buffering agent is a solid.
- 92. The hydrogel of 91 wherein the solid is disposed in an applicator for placing a hydrogel precursor at the site, with the precursor contacting the solid as the precursor is passed through the applicator.
- 93. The hydrogel of 91 or 92 wherein the solid is disposed in a lumen of the applicator that receives the precursor, is disposed in a hub of a needle, is disposed in a syringe, or is a pellet for placement in an/the applicator.
- 94. The hydrogel of any of 90-93 wherein the buffering agent comprises a phosphate, bicarbonate, or carbonate.
- 95. The hydrogel of any of 1-94 wherein the site and/or the tissue is a tumor, a damaged tissue, a diseased tissue, an infected tissue, an organ, a vasculature, an adventitia, an artery, a vein, or a nerve.
- 96. The hydrogel of any of 1-95 wherein the hydrogel is elongate, spheroidal, spherical, essentially spherical, ellipsoidal, cylindroid, essentially cylindroid, discoidal, or essentially discoidal.
- 97. The hydrogel of any of 1-96 wherein the agent is delivered at an effective amount or a calculated effective amount.
- 98. A use of the method or the hydrogel of any of 1-97.
- 99. A use of the method or the hydrogel of any of 1-97 for delivery of an effective amount of an agent. For instance, to treat a disease. For instance, to treat a disease of an eye as in any of 1-97.
- 100. A use of the method or the hydrogel of any of 1-97 for delivery of an effective amount of an agent to a tissue. For instance, to treat a disease.
- 101. An agent as set forth in any of 1-97 for treatment of a condition as set forth in any of 1-97. A use of an agent set forth herein or in any of 1-97 for treatment of a condition as set forth herein or in any of 1-97.
- 102. A kit combining a precursor and an agent from any of 1-101 or as set forth herein.
- 103. A kit for any method, use, or agent as set forth in any of 1-101, the kit combining a precursor and an agent.
- 104. A process of making a kit of any of 102-103.
- 105. A process of making a hydrogel of any of 51-97.
- 106. The process of 105 comprising a method of any of 1-49.
- 107. The process of 105 comprising preparing a precursor as set forth herein or in any of 1-97.
- 108. The process of 107 further comprising adding an agent to the precursor.
- 109. A process of making a medicament comprising making a hydrogel of any of 51-97 or comprising a method of any of 1-50.
- 110. The process of 109 for treating a condition, e.g., a condition as set forth herein or in any of 1-97.
- Many embodiments have been set forth herein. In general, components of the embodiments may be mixed-and-matched with each other as guided for the need to make functional embodiments. Patent application, patents, journal articles, and publications set forth herein are hereby incorporated by reference herein; in case of conflict, the instant specification controls.
Claims (20)
1. A hydrogel implant with a therapeutic agent in the hydrogel, the agent having a low solubility or a very low solubility in water, wherein the hydrogel is water-degradable, as measurable by the hydrogel being dissolvable in vitro in an excess of water by degradation of water-degradable groups.
2. The hydrogel of claim 1 wherein the hydrogel essentially persists until the agent is essentially released.
3. The hydrogel of claim 1 wherein 50% to 100% w/w of the agent being released when the hydrogel is from 100% to 90% persistent.
4. The hydrogel of claim 1 wherein the hydrogel delivers the agent at a therapeutically effective concentration for a period of time that is in a range of 1-36 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ.
5. The hydrogel of claim 1 wherein the hydrogel is no more than 10% degraded for a time that is in a range of 1-36 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ.
6. The hydrogel of claim 1 wherein 50% w/w, of the agent delivered is at time that is in a range of 1-20 months after formation of the hydrogel in situ.
7. The hydrogel of claim 1 wherein the tissue and/or the site of formation of the hydrogel is an eye, intracanalicular, sub-tenons, intracameral, intravitreal, intrasceleral, choroidal, suprachoroidal, a retina, subretinal, a lens, a tissue, lumen, void, potential space, inside an animal, on a surface of an animal, iatrogenic site, site where tissue is removed, surgical site, cancer tissue, at or near cancer tissue, dental tissue, gums, periodontal, sinus, brain, intravascular, aneurysm, or site of a pathology.
8. The hydrogel of claim 1 wherein the agent is for treatment of a back of the eye disease.
9. The hydrogel of claim 8 wherein the back of the eye disease is age-related macular degeneration (AMD) cystoid macular edema (CME), diabetic macular edema (DME), posterior uveitis, diabetic retinopathy, retinal vein occlusion, or glaucoma.
10. The hydrogel of claim 1 wherein the agent comprises anti-VEGF, blocks VEGFR1, blocks VEGFR2, blocks VEGFR3, anti-PDGF, anti-PDGF-R blocks PDGFRβ, anti-angiogenesis, Sunitinib, E7080, Takeda-6d, Tivozanib, Regorafenib, Sorafenib, Pazopanib, Axitinib, Nintedanib, Cediranib, Vatalanib, Motesanib, macrolides, sirolimus, everolimus, tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs), Imatinib (GLEEVAC) gefinitib (IRESSA), toceranib (PALLADIA), Erlotinib (TARCEVA), Lapatinib (TYKERB) Nilotinib Bosutinib Neratinib, lapatinib, or Vatalanib. Also wherein the agent is a steroid, nonsteroidal antiflammatory drug, antibiotic, or pain killer.
11. The hydrogel of claim 1 wherein the agent comprises low-soluble prostaglandin analogues.
12. The hydrogel of claim 1 wherein the agent is a suspension in the hydrogel.
13. The hydrogel of claim 1 wherein the hydrogel is a first hydrogel, the hydrogel further comprising forming a second hydrogel in situ with a second agent in the second hydrogel, the second agent having a low solubility in water.
14. The hydrogel of claim 13 wherein the first agent and the second agent have the same active ingredient.
15. The hydrogel of claim 13 wherein the first agent and the second agent comprise different enantiomers, salts, or free bases.
16. The hydrogel of claim 13 wherein the first agent and the second agent have identical chemical structures.
17. The hydrogel of claim 13 , with the first hydrogel releasing the agent more quickly than the second hydrogel.
18. The hydrogel of claim 13 with the first hydrogel having a larger surface area than the second hydrogel.
19. The hydrogel of claim 13 wherein the hydrogel is formed by combining a first precursor and a second precursor that react with each other to form the hydrogel.
20. The hydrogel of claim 19 wherein the hydrogel is formed without covalent crosslinks between the first precursor and the second precursor.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/830,968 US20220370419A1 (en) | 2015-05-12 | 2022-06-02 | Drug delivery from hydrogels |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201562160394P | 2015-05-12 | 2015-05-12 | |
US15/152,739 US11369591B2 (en) | 2015-05-12 | 2016-05-12 | Drug delivery from hydrogels |
US17/830,968 US20220370419A1 (en) | 2015-05-12 | 2022-06-02 | Drug delivery from hydrogels |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/152,739 Continuation US11369591B2 (en) | 2015-05-12 | 2016-05-12 | Drug delivery from hydrogels |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220370419A1 true US20220370419A1 (en) | 2022-11-24 |
Family
ID=57249111
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/152,739 Active US11369591B2 (en) | 2015-05-12 | 2016-05-12 | Drug delivery from hydrogels |
US17/830,968 Pending US20220370419A1 (en) | 2015-05-12 | 2022-06-02 | Drug delivery from hydrogels |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/152,739 Active US11369591B2 (en) | 2015-05-12 | 2016-05-12 | Drug delivery from hydrogels |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US11369591B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP3294212B1 (en) |
JP (3) | JP2018515529A (en) |
AU (3) | AU2016261925B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2985656A1 (en) |
HK (1) | HK1252836A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2016183296A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (44)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20070202186A1 (en) | 2006-02-22 | 2007-08-30 | Iscience Interventional Corporation | Apparatus and formulations for suprachoroidal drug delivery |
CN104758118B (en) | 2010-10-15 | 2018-04-06 | 科尼尔赛德生物医学公司 | For entering the device of eyes |
CA3121759C (en) | 2013-05-03 | 2024-01-02 | Clearside Biomedical, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for ocular injection |
AU2015362621B2 (en) | 2014-12-15 | 2019-01-17 | The Johns Hopkins University | Sunitinib formulations and methods for use thereof in treatment of ocular disorders |
WO2016176333A1 (en) | 2015-04-27 | 2016-11-03 | Reflex Medical, Inc. | Systems and mehtods for sympathetic cardiopulmonary neuromodulation |
US11458041B2 (en) | 2015-10-08 | 2022-10-04 | Ocular Therapeutix, Inc. | Punctal plug and bioadhesives |
CN108367079B (en) | 2015-11-12 | 2022-11-22 | 灰色视觉公司 | Aggregated microparticles for therapy |
KR20180086468A (en) | 2015-11-25 | 2018-07-31 | 인셉트, 엘엘씨 | Shape-deformed drug delivery device and method |
WO2017139487A1 (en) | 2016-02-09 | 2017-08-17 | Northwind Medical, Inc. | Methods, agents, and devices for local neuromodulation of autonomic nerves |
CA3062845A1 (en) | 2016-05-02 | 2017-11-09 | Clearside Biomedical, Inc. | Systems and methods for ocular drug delivery |
AU2017290353B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2023-05-18 | Tulavi Therapeutics, Inc. | Treatment of sepsis and related inflammatory conditions by local neuromodulation of the autonomic nervous system |
US10973681B2 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2021-04-13 | Clearside Biomedical, Inc. | Devices and methods for adjusting the insertion depth of a needle for medicament delivery |
US12090294B2 (en) | 2017-05-02 | 2024-09-17 | Georgia Tech Research Corporation | Targeted drug delivery methods using a microneedle |
JP7211974B2 (en) * | 2017-05-08 | 2023-01-24 | アリヴィオ セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド | Formulation of nanostructured gels for increased drug loading and adhesion |
EP3621654A4 (en) | 2017-05-10 | 2021-02-17 | Graybug Vision, Inc. | Extended release microparticles and suspensions thereof for medical therapy |
US20200345637A1 (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2020-11-05 | Aiviva Biopharma, Inc. | Suspension compositions of multi-target inhibitors |
US11692029B2 (en) | 2018-03-05 | 2023-07-04 | The Schepens Eye Research Institute, Inc. | Therapy for glaucoma and optic neuropathy by targeting colony stimulating factors |
CN112566622A (en) * | 2018-06-19 | 2021-03-26 | 细胞疗法有限责任公司 | Sustained release drug delivery system comprising an intraocular pressure-lowering agent, a CNP compound, an NPR-B compound, a TIE-2 agonist or a neurotrophic agent for the treatment of glaucoma or ocular hypertension |
EP3817786B1 (en) | 2018-07-02 | 2024-08-07 | Tulavi Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods and devices for in situ formed nerve cap |
US20210315587A1 (en) | 2018-07-02 | 2021-10-14 | Tulavi Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods and devices for in situ formed nerve cap with rapid release |
CN110664771A (en) * | 2018-07-03 | 2020-01-10 | 江苏海悦康医药科技有限公司 | Pharmaceutical composition containing pexaparib hydrochloride and preparation method thereof |
CN113038934A (en) * | 2018-07-09 | 2021-06-25 | 里珍纳龙药品有限公司 | Modulation of hydrogel release kinetics |
AU2019321429B2 (en) * | 2018-08-15 | 2022-12-08 | Aiviva Biopharma, Inc. | Multi-kinase inhibitors of VEGF and TGF beta and uses thereof |
CN113242734A (en) * | 2018-11-26 | 2021-08-10 | 艾葳生物科技有限公司 | Pharmaceutical biosoluble gels for drug delivery |
CN113939274A (en) * | 2019-04-25 | 2022-01-14 | 视觉治疗股份有限公司 | Hydrogel implants for lowering intraocular pressure |
CN113939271A (en) * | 2019-04-25 | 2022-01-14 | 视觉治疗股份有限公司 | Ophthalmic hydrogel tyrosine kinase inhibitor implants |
EP4009857A4 (en) * | 2019-08-06 | 2023-08-02 | DOSE Medical Corporation | Bioerodible cross-linked hydrogel implants and related methods of use |
CN110787127A (en) * | 2019-12-11 | 2020-02-14 | 龚雁 | Eye temperature-sensitive gel and preparation method thereof |
JP7451732B2 (en) * | 2020-02-06 | 2024-03-18 | オキュラ セラピューティクス,インコーポレイテッド | Compositions and methods for treating eye diseases |
CA3171479A1 (en) * | 2020-02-19 | 2021-08-26 | Clearside Biomedical, Inc. | Compositions comprising axitinib and methods of treating ocular disorders |
EP4252725A3 (en) | 2020-03-25 | 2023-11-22 | Ocular Therapeutix, Inc. | Ocular implant containing a tyrosine kinase inhibitor |
WO2021231563A1 (en) * | 2020-05-13 | 2021-11-18 | Spiral Therapeutics Inc. | Gelling solutions for administration of compounds to the inner ear |
MX2023000628A (en) | 2020-07-16 | 2023-02-27 | Ocular Therapeutix Inc | Ocular insert containing a glucocorticoid. |
KR20230074160A (en) | 2020-09-24 | 2023-05-26 | 오큘라 테라퓨틱스, 인코포레이티드 | Sustained release biodegradable endoductal implant comprising hydrogel and cyclosporine |
AU2021367970A1 (en) * | 2020-10-27 | 2023-05-11 | Ocular Therapeutix, Inc. | Ocular implant containing an active agent |
WO2022217017A1 (en) * | 2021-04-09 | 2022-10-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Fluidic infiltrative assemblies of three-dimensional hydrogels |
CN115227639A (en) * | 2021-04-22 | 2022-10-25 | 武汉大学 | Temperature-sensitive modified chitin hydrogel-loaded local anesthetic sustained-release analgesic system, preparation method and application |
WO2023044389A1 (en) * | 2021-09-15 | 2023-03-23 | Gelmedix, Inc. | Gelma polymer compositions comprising corticosteroids |
CN114191381B (en) * | 2021-11-29 | 2023-10-24 | 华南农业大学 | Temperature-sensitive simulated plastic fat, double gel with controllable oral cavity texture and digestion behaviors, and preparation and application thereof |
AU2023215312A1 (en) * | 2022-02-01 | 2024-07-25 | Ocular Therapeutix, Inc. | A controlled release implant for biologics and corresponding methods of treatment |
KR20230119448A (en) * | 2022-02-07 | 2023-08-16 | 아주대학교산학협력단 | Injectable hydrogel rod using pre-crosslinked hydrogel, preparation method thereof, and biomedical use thereof |
WO2023220717A2 (en) * | 2022-05-12 | 2023-11-16 | The General Hospital Corporation | Nanoparticle doped polyethylene glycol based gels and medical devices for drug delivery |
CN115487169B (en) * | 2022-09-02 | 2023-09-29 | 金陵科技学院 | Drug-loaded cerium nanoparticle hydrogel and preparation method and application thereof |
CN115671036A (en) * | 2022-11-15 | 2023-02-03 | 上海交通大学医学院附属第九人民医院 | Gel medicine for treating fundus and intraocular diseases |
Family Cites Families (68)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3640741A (en) | 1970-02-24 | 1972-02-08 | Hollister Inc | Composition containing gel |
US3865108A (en) | 1971-05-17 | 1975-02-11 | Ortho Pharma Corp | Expandable drug delivery device |
US4002173A (en) | 1974-07-23 | 1977-01-11 | International Paper Company | Diester crosslinked polyglucan hydrogels and reticulated sponges thereof |
DE2437629C3 (en) | 1974-08-05 | 1978-09-21 | Basf Ag, 6700 Ludwigshafen | Process for the preparation of insoluble polymers of N-vinyllactams which are only slightly swellable in water |
US4014335A (en) | 1975-04-21 | 1977-03-29 | Alza Corporation | Ocular drug delivery device |
US4207893A (en) | 1977-08-29 | 1980-06-17 | Alza Corporation | Device using hydrophilic polymer for delivering drug to biological environment |
JPS585320A (en) | 1981-07-01 | 1983-01-12 | Toray Ind Inc | Graft copolymer |
US4741872A (en) | 1986-05-16 | 1988-05-03 | The University Of Kentucky Research Foundation | Preparation of biodegradable microspheres useful as carriers for macromolecules |
US5160745A (en) | 1986-05-16 | 1992-11-03 | The University Of Kentucky Research Foundation | Biodegradable microspheres as a carrier for macromolecules |
IL82834A (en) | 1987-06-09 | 1990-11-05 | Yissum Res Dev Co | Biodegradable polymeric materials based on polyether glycols,processes for the preparation thereof and surgical artiicles made therefrom |
US4853224A (en) | 1987-12-22 | 1989-08-01 | Visionex | Biodegradable ocular implants |
US4938763B1 (en) | 1988-10-03 | 1995-07-04 | Atrix Lab Inc | Biodegradable in-situ forming implants and method of producing the same |
US5306500A (en) | 1988-11-21 | 1994-04-26 | Collagen Corporation | Method of augmenting tissue with collagen-polymer conjugates |
US5304595A (en) | 1988-11-21 | 1994-04-19 | Collagen Corporation | Collagen-polymer conjugates |
US5162430A (en) | 1988-11-21 | 1992-11-10 | Collagen Corporation | Collagen-polymer conjugates |
US5510418A (en) | 1988-11-21 | 1996-04-23 | Collagen Corporation | Glycosaminoglycan-synthetic polymer conjugates |
IL90193A (en) | 1989-05-04 | 1993-02-21 | Biomedical Polymers Int | Polurethane-based polymeric materials and biomedical articles and pharmaceutical compositions utilizing the same |
US5292362A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1994-03-08 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Tissue bonding and sealing composition and method of using the same |
US5410016A (en) | 1990-10-15 | 1995-04-25 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Photopolymerizable biodegradable hydrogels as tissue contacting materials and controlled-release carriers |
US5318780A (en) | 1991-10-30 | 1994-06-07 | Mediventures Inc. | Medical uses of in situ formed gels |
US5573934A (en) | 1992-04-20 | 1996-11-12 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Gels for encapsulation of biological materials |
WO1993017669A1 (en) | 1992-02-28 | 1993-09-16 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Photopolymerizable biodegradable hydrogels as tissue contacting materials and controlled-release carriers |
US5514379A (en) | 1992-08-07 | 1996-05-07 | The General Hospital Corporation | Hydrogel compositions and methods of use |
US5800373A (en) | 1995-03-23 | 1998-09-01 | Focal, Inc. | Initiator priming for improved adherence of gels to substrates |
EP0696185B1 (en) | 1993-04-28 | 1998-08-12 | Focal, Inc. | Apparatus, product and use related to intraluminal photothermoforming |
WO1995005161A1 (en) | 1993-08-13 | 1995-02-23 | Vitaphore Corporation | Hydrogel-based microsphere drug delivery systems |
IL114193A (en) | 1994-06-20 | 2000-02-29 | Teva Pharma | Ophthalmic pharmaceutical compositions based on sodium alginate |
US6413539B1 (en) | 1996-10-31 | 2002-07-02 | Poly-Med, Inc. | Hydrogel-forming, self-solvating absorbable polyester copolymers, and methods for use thereof |
ATE342295T1 (en) | 1995-07-28 | 2006-11-15 | Genzyme Corp | BIODEGRADABLE MULTIBLOKHYDROGENS AND THEIR USE AS CARRIERS FOR CONTROLLED RELEASE PHARMACOLOGICALLY ACTIVE MATERIALS AND TISSUE CONTACT MATERIALS |
US5874500A (en) | 1995-12-18 | 1999-02-23 | Cohesion Technologies, Inc. | Crosslinked polymer compositions and methods for their use |
US5752974A (en) | 1995-12-18 | 1998-05-19 | Collagen Corporation | Injectable or implantable biomaterials for filling or blocking lumens and voids of the body |
US6458889B1 (en) | 1995-12-18 | 2002-10-01 | Cohesion Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and systems for forming crosslinked biomaterials and associated methods of preparation and use |
US20020064546A1 (en) | 1996-09-13 | 2002-05-30 | J. Milton Harris | Degradable poly(ethylene glycol) hydrogels with controlled half-life and precursors therefor |
US8003705B2 (en) | 1996-09-23 | 2011-08-23 | Incept Llc | Biocompatible hydrogels made with small molecule precursors |
US6214966B1 (en) | 1996-09-26 | 2001-04-10 | Shearwater Corporation | Soluble, degradable poly(ethylene glycol) derivatives for controllable release of bound molecules into solution |
US6371975B2 (en) | 1998-11-06 | 2002-04-16 | Neomend, Inc. | Compositions, systems, and methods for creating in situ, chemically cross-linked, mechanical barriers |
WO1999021512A1 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 1999-05-06 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for the closure of retinal breaks |
US6632457B1 (en) | 1998-08-14 | 2003-10-14 | Incept Llc | Composite hydrogel drug delivery systems |
US6958212B1 (en) | 1999-02-01 | 2005-10-25 | Eidgenossische Technische Hochschule Zurich | Conjugate addition reactions for the controlled delivery of pharmaceutically active compounds |
US6716445B2 (en) | 1999-04-12 | 2004-04-06 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Hydrogel entrapping therapeutic agent and stent with coating comprising this |
US20050277864A1 (en) | 2000-04-14 | 2005-12-15 | David Haffner | Injectable gel implant for glaucoma treatment |
DE10145910A1 (en) | 2000-09-18 | 2002-06-20 | Registrar University Of Delhi | Ophthalmic formulation with slowed release and long residence time as well as manufacturing processes therefor |
CA2438193A1 (en) | 2001-02-26 | 2002-09-06 | Duke University | Novel dendritic polymers and their biomedical uses |
US6713081B2 (en) | 2001-03-15 | 2004-03-30 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Ocular therapeutic agent delivery devices and methods for making and using such devices |
US6747090B2 (en) | 2001-07-16 | 2004-06-08 | Pharmacia Groningen Bv | Compositions capable of forming hydrogels in the eye |
US20040131582A1 (en) | 2002-02-26 | 2004-07-08 | Grinstaff Mark W. | Novel dendritic polymers and their biomedical uses |
US7129210B2 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2006-10-31 | Covalent Medical, Inc. | Tissue adhesive sealant |
US20050256065A1 (en) | 2004-01-26 | 2005-11-17 | Permasight | Method for stabilizing changes in corneal curvature in an eye by administering compositions containing stabilizing ophthalmic agents |
US8685435B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2014-04-01 | Allergan, Inc. | Extended release biodegradable ocular implants |
WO2006031358A2 (en) | 2004-08-13 | 2006-03-23 | Hyperbranch Medical Technology, Inc. | Dendritic polymers, crosslinked gels, and their uses as ophthalmic sealants and lenses |
WO2006031388A2 (en) | 2004-08-20 | 2006-03-23 | Hyperbranch Medical Technology, Inc. | Dentritic polymers, crosslinked gels, and their uses in orthopedic applications |
US7857849B2 (en) | 2004-10-05 | 2010-12-28 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior Iniversity | Artificial corneal implant |
WO2007001926A2 (en) | 2005-06-24 | 2007-01-04 | Hyperbranch Medical Technology, Inc. | Low-swelling hydrogel sealants for wound repair |
WO2007005249A2 (en) | 2005-06-29 | 2007-01-11 | Hyperbranch Medical Technology, Inc. | Nanoparticles and dendritic-polymer-based hydrogels comprising them |
US9125807B2 (en) * | 2007-07-09 | 2015-09-08 | Incept Llc | Adhesive hydrogels for ophthalmic drug delivery |
US20100104654A1 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2010-04-29 | Allergan, Inc. | Prostaglandin and prostamide drug delivery systems and intraocular therapeutic uses thereof |
US20100158980A1 (en) | 2008-12-18 | 2010-06-24 | Casey Kopczynski | Drug delivery devices for delivery of therapeutic agents |
AU2010213612B2 (en) * | 2009-02-12 | 2015-04-30 | Incept, Llc | Drug delivery through hydrogel plugs |
US20110189291A1 (en) | 2009-08-04 | 2011-08-04 | Hu Yang | Dendrimer hydrogels |
CA3042067C (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2022-10-18 | Incept, Llc | Implants and biodegradable fiducial markers |
US10189773B2 (en) * | 2010-05-07 | 2019-01-29 | Medicus Biosciences, Llc | In-vivo gelling pharmaceutical pre-formulation |
US8961501B2 (en) | 2010-09-17 | 2015-02-24 | Incept, Llc | Method for applying flowable hydrogels to a cornea |
US9194162B2 (en) | 2011-07-14 | 2015-11-24 | Inteva Products, Llc | Vehicle door latch |
US10226417B2 (en) * | 2011-09-16 | 2019-03-12 | Peter Jarrett | Drug delivery systems and applications |
CA2858161C (en) | 2011-12-05 | 2020-03-10 | Incept, Llc | Medical organogel processes and compositions |
ES2930433T3 (en) | 2013-03-05 | 2022-12-12 | Univ Pittsburgh Commonwealth Sys Higher Education | Thermosensitive hydrogel containing polymer microparticles for non-invasive ocular drug delivery |
WO2016060925A1 (en) * | 2014-10-16 | 2016-04-21 | Incept, Llc | Ocular gels or hydrogels and microinjectors |
US20160166504A1 (en) | 2014-12-10 | 2016-06-16 | Incept, Llc | Hydrogel drug delivery implants |
-
2016
- 2016-05-12 US US15/152,739 patent/US11369591B2/en active Active
- 2016-05-12 EP EP16793509.7A patent/EP3294212B1/en active Active
- 2016-05-12 WO PCT/US2016/032046 patent/WO2016183296A1/en active Application Filing
- 2016-05-12 AU AU2016261925A patent/AU2016261925B2/en active Active
- 2016-05-12 EP EP23200018.2A patent/EP4279064A3/en active Pending
- 2016-05-12 CA CA2985656A patent/CA2985656A1/en active Pending
- 2016-05-12 JP JP2017559083A patent/JP2018515529A/en active Pending
-
2018
- 2018-09-20 HK HK18112166.3A patent/HK1252836A1/en unknown
-
2020
- 2020-12-22 AU AU2020294200A patent/AU2020294200B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-05-11 JP JP2021080387A patent/JP7256226B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-06-02 US US17/830,968 patent/US20220370419A1/en active Pending
-
2023
- 2023-01-16 AU AU2023200212A patent/AU2023200212A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2023-01-31 JP JP2023012843A patent/JP2023055829A/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP7256226B2 (en) | 2023-04-11 |
US20160331738A1 (en) | 2016-11-17 |
AU2023200212A1 (en) | 2023-02-16 |
EP4279064A3 (en) | 2024-02-28 |
EP3294212B1 (en) | 2023-10-25 |
EP3294212A4 (en) | 2019-02-27 |
AU2016261925B2 (en) | 2020-10-01 |
CA2985656A1 (en) | 2016-11-17 |
JP2021120395A (en) | 2021-08-19 |
EP4279064A2 (en) | 2023-11-22 |
WO2016183296A1 (en) | 2016-11-17 |
AU2020294200B2 (en) | 2023-02-02 |
HK1252836A1 (en) | 2019-06-06 |
AU2020294200A1 (en) | 2021-01-28 |
AU2016261925A1 (en) | 2017-11-30 |
JP2023055829A (en) | 2023-04-18 |
EP3294212A1 (en) | 2018-03-21 |
JP2018515529A (en) | 2018-06-14 |
US11369591B2 (en) | 2022-06-28 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220370419A1 (en) | Drug delivery from hydrogels | |
US11890343B2 (en) | Medical organogel processes and compositions | |
EP3229779B1 (en) | Hydrogel drug delivery implants | |
US20220401356A1 (en) | Intracameral drug delivery depots | |
US20160106587A1 (en) | Ocular gels or hydrogels and microinjectors |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: INCEPT, LLC, MASSACHUSETTS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:JARRETT, PETER;BLIZZARD, CHARLES D.;SAWHNEY, AMARPREET S.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:060901/0463 Effective date: 20160513 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |